Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 213

'4

Bobcat.
Operation & Maintenance Manual
S650 Skid-Steer Loader

S/N A3NV11001 & Above

w
r

\
/

EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS )

6987167 (8-10) Revised (10-10) (5) Printed in U. S. A . © Bobcat Company 2010


OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
c ORRECT

> A WARNING
Operator must have instructions
before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
-
W 2001 0502-

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216


means: “ Warning, be alert! Your safety
Never use the loader without
is involved!” Carefully read the message instructions. See machine signs
that follows. ( decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual, and Operator ’s Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT A, WRONG


i
j§|! ! i

U
m =
FHD crrz
EOS
0
NA 1254 A 1673 NA 1696

A seat
Always use the seat bar and fasten
belt snugly.
Never use loader without operator
cab with ROPS and FOPS approval.
k
Never use loader as man lift or
elevating device for personnel.
A orAlways keep feet on the foot pedals
footrests when operating loader.
Fasten your seat belt.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

%i 1 kjL_
&

» wf NA1671

Do not use loader in atmosphere


c*
7

A Never carry riders.


NA1698
R

Always
«?
\

carry
-

.
5 • 17 CD
O

bucket
i

or
NA 1675

with explosive dust, explosive gas, attachments as low as possible.


or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. ^^ Keep bystanders away from work
area.
Do not travel or turn with lift arms
up.
ar

Load, unload, and turn on flat level


ground.

WRONG WRONG WRONG


\ r\
/
ft /

(J 6 6
5
Wm %
NA1676A NA 1672 NA 1677

Never exceed Rated Operating A running


Never leave loader with engine Never modify equipment .
Capacity . » or with lift arms up.
AkTo park, engage parking brake and Use only attachments approved by
put attachment flat on the ground. Bobcat Company for this model
loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer for information on the safe
use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.

3» 2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls.


3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. OPERATOR ' S HANDBOOK : Must be in the cab.
5 . SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
8. LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE: Replace if damaged.
9. PARKING BRAKE
10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) OSW 68-0609
«

W Bobcat «

«c
2
CONTENTS

FOREWORD 5

> SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
13

25

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 109

SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS 167

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS 181

SPECIFICATIONS 199

WARRANTY 207

ALPHABETICAL INDEX 211

REFERENCE INFORMATION

Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat loader.

> Loader Serial Number


Engine Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA


P.O. Box 128 Dreve Richelle 167
Gwinner , ND 58040-0128 B-1410 Waterloo
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BELGIUM


3 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
<

W Bobcat «

«C
4 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FOREWORD

This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.

BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED 7

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS 7

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS 8


Loader Serial Number 8
Engine Serial Number 8

DELIVERY REPORT 8

LOADER IDENTIFICATION 9

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . 10


Standard Items 10
Options And Accessories 10
Buckets Available 11
Attachments 11
High-Flow Attachments 11

> Special Applications Kit


Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
12
12


5 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
K

W Bobcat <

«c
6 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED

SSI
3» SO
rrv
CERTIFICATE NUMBER : FM 316 2
*
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products.

British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau
(France), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota.
Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations.

ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the
state of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS

a» |
V P
ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack)
6678233
I
I
BATTERY
6665427

0 FUEL FILTER
6667352 f
HYDRAULIC FILTER
7002734 (Earlier Models)
7012314 (Later Models)

a, AIR FILTER, Outer HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER


i 7008043 6692337

AIR FILTER, Inner HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER CAP


; SI 7008044 CQQP' 6727475

i
ANTI-FREEZE, Propylene Glycol FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic

6983128 - Premixed 6903117 - (2.5 U.S. gal)


6983129 - Concentrate 6903118 - (5 U.S. gal)
6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
ENGINE OIL ENGINE OIL
6903105 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (12 qt) 6903106 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
6903107 SAE 10W30 CE/SG ( 12 qt) 6903108 SAE 10W30 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
6903109 SAE 30W CE/SG (12 qt) 6903110 SAE 30W CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)

6903113 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)


6903112 SAE 10W30 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)
6903111 SAE 30W CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

7 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS Engine Serial Number

Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3


requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number ) may use different parts , or it may be necessary
to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.

Loader Serial Number

Figure 1

m
P- 90466

1
The engine serial number is located on the side of the
engine (Item 1 ) [Figure 3] behind the alternator.

DELIVERY REPORT

Figure 4
~
P100008
^ DELIVERY REPORT

The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1] is


located on the outside of the loader frame.

Figure 2
WARNING
<
xxxx xxxxx
Module 2 - Production
Sequence ( Series)

Module 1 - Model / Engine


Combination P-90175
B-16315

Explanation of loader Serial Number [Figure 2] :


The delivery report [Figure 4] must be completed by the
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the
number identifies the model number and engine Bobcat loader is delivered. An explanation of the form
combination. must be given to the owner.

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies


the order which the loader is produced.

«E
8 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LOADER IDENTIFICATION

» GRAB
FRONT
LIGHTS

HANDLES
L
OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL AND
OPERATOR ’S
HANDBOOK

OPERATOR SEAT
with SEAT BELT m
m
AND SEAT BAR
\ tar
TILT r
J
CYLINDERS
*
\
/
FRONT AUXILIARY

V QUICK COUPLERS

[1] BUCKET
STEP
BUCKET
STEPS


[ 2] OPERATOR CAB
LIFT (ROPS AND FOPS)
CYLINDER LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE

REAR 9
GRILL
IfZ c
I LIFT ARM

3
BACK -UP
ALARM
1 ©

* “ SS
CX
> B0

REAR &
LIGHT Si
Si
REAR
NA 1667
DOOR JAIL LIGHT RES NA1668

[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[2] ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[3] TIRES - Standard tires are shown. Several different tire styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat loader.

9 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Options And Accessories (Cont’d)

Standard Items

«
• Dual Steering Damper
• Engine Heater
Model S650 Bobcat loaders are equipped with the • Exhaust Purifying Muffler
following standard items: • Extended Pedals
• Fire Extinguisher
• Adjustable Vinyl Seat • Foot Area Duct Kit
• Automatically Activated Glow Plugs • FOPS Kit (Level II)
• Auxiliary Hydraulics • Four-Way Flashers
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS ) • GPS System
• Bob-Tach • High-Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics
• Cab (includes: rear window and polycarbonate top • Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (Includes On / Off
window) ROPS and FOPS Approved Selection)
• Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown • Keyless Start
• Front Horn / Back-up Alarm • Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point)
• Instrumentation: Hourmeter, RPM, System Voltage; • Locking Fuel Cap
Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges; Warning • Maintenance Platform
Lights • Power Bob-Tach
• Lift Arm Support Device • Radio
• Lights, Front and Rear • Radio Remote Control
• Parking Brake • Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics
• Seat Bar • Rear Window Wiper
• Seat Belt • Ride Control
• Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (with Two-Speed • Rotating Beacon
Option) • Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (Std. on Two-Speed
• Spark Arrester Muffler Models)
• Tires (Bobcat Heavy Duty, 12 - 16.5, 12 PR) • Seat Belt - 3 in. Wide
Turbo-Charger

«C
• • Seat Belt - Retractable
• Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear )
Options And Accessories • Special Applications Kit
• Strobe Light
Below is a list of some equipment available from your • Tailgate Lock
Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed • Tires:
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your Bobcat Heavy Duty Offset , 12 - 16.5, 12 PR
Bobcat dealer for other available options and Bobcat Heavy Duty Poly Fill, 12 - 16.5, 12 PR
accessories. Bobcat Severe Duty, 12 - 16.5, 12 PR
Bobcat Severe Duty Poly Fill, 12 - 16.5, 12 PR
• Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat Bobcat Solidflex, 33 x 6 x 11
• Adjustable Suspension Seat Bobcat Super Float Offset, 33 x 15.5 - 16.5, 12 PR
• Air Conditioning • Two-Speed Travel
• Air Filter Precleaner • Windows:
• Attachment Control Device ( ACD) (7-Pin, 14-Pin) Polycarbonate Rear Window
• Cab Accessory Harness Side Windows
• Cab Door with Emergency Exit
• Cab Enclosure Specifications subject to change without notice and
• Cab Heater standard items may vary.
• Cab Reseal Plug Kit
• Controls:
Advanced Control System (ACS)
(Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control)
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
(Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control)


Standard Controls



Counterweight Kit
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel
Deluxe Interior with Storage Compartments
C
10 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Buckets Available
( CONT’D)


These and other attachments are approved for use on
this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments.
Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be
approved.

The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multi-job


machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up ... from n
bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe and a variety BUCKET
of other attachments.

See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved Many bucket styles, widths and different capacities are
attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance available for a variety of different applications. They
Manuals. include Construction & Industrial, Low Profile, Fertilizer
and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
variety of bucket styles and sizes.

Attachments

Angle Broom • Soil Conditioner


Auger • Spreader
Backhoe • Steel Tracks
Blades • Stump Grinder
Box Blade • Sweeper
Dozer Blade • Three-Point Hitch Adapter
Snow Blade • Tiller
Snow V-Blade • Tilt-Tatch
Breaker, Hydraulic • Tree Spade
Brush Saw • Trench Compactor
Buckets • Trencher
Bucket Adapter • Utility Frame
Chipper • Vibratory Roller
Combination Bucket • Water Kit
Concrete Pump • Whisker Broom
Digger • Wheel Saw
Drop Hammer • X-Change Frame
Dumping Hopper
Flail Cutter High-Flow Attachments
Forks, Utility
Grader The following attachments are approved for use on
Grapple; Industrial, Root, Utility High-Flow machines. See your Bobcat dealer for an
Landplane updated list of approved attachments.
Landscape Rake
Mower • Auger
Packer Wheel • Chipper
Pallet Fork • Concrete Pump
Planer • Flail Cutter
Rear Stabilizers • Planer
Rotary Cutter (Brushcat ) • Rotary Cutter (Brushcat)
Scarifier • Snowblower
Scraper • Soil Conditioner


Seeder • Stump Grinder
Silt Fence Installer • Tiller
Snow Pusher • Trencher
Snowblower • Wheel Saw
Sod Layer

11 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
(CONT’ D)

«
Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.
Special Applications Kit Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials.
Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and

A WARNING dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.


Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings . Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
-
W-2737 0508

Figure 5

s?
NA 1026
«C
Available for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick
polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear window
[Figure 5] .

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be


installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.

See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

12 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


•C
SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 15
Before Operation 15
flPP Safe Operation Is The Operator ’s Responsibility 16
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator 16
Avoid Silica Dust 17

FIRE PREVENTION 17
Maintenance 17
Operation 17
Electrical 17
Hydraulic System 18
Fueling 18
Starting 18
Spark Arrestor Exhaust System 18
Welding And Grinding 18
Fire Extinguishers 18

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES 19

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) 20


No-Text Safety Signs 23

13 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


«c

W Bobcat «c

14 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS • An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator
cab of the loader. It’s brief instructions are convenient
Before Operation to the operator. The Handbook is available from your


dealer in an English edition or one of many other
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more
instructions in this manual. information on translated versions.

The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact. • The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine
It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions. gives general safety information.
This presents an operator with hazards associated with
off highway, rough terrain applications, common with • The Skid-Steer Loader Operating Training Course is
Bobcat loader usage. available through your Bobcat dealer. This course is
intended to provide rules and practices of correct
The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine operation of the Bobcat loader. The course is
with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can available in English and Spanish versions.
kill or cause illness so use the Loader with adequate
ventilation. • Service Safety Training Courses are available from
your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe
The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of and correct service procedures.
the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application.
• See the PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to
RESOURCES Page in this manual or your Bobcat
Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to
dealer for Service and Parts Manuals, printed
operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe
materials, videos, or training courses available. Also
modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The
check the Bobcat web sites
attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated
www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com
Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights).
They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat The dealer and owner / operator review the
loader. The user must check with the dealer, or Bobcat recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
literature, to determine safe loads of materials of owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
specified densities for the machine - attachment application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
combination. recommendations on the new use.
The following publications and training materials provide
information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:

• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete


instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition. / /\
/ VM\
• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with
the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
Call Before You Dig
~
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer. Dial 811 (USA Only)
• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation 1 -888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation When you call, you will be directed to a location in your
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are state / province, or city for information about buried lines
available from your Bobcat dealer. (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).

a» SI SSL-1008

15 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ( CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator ’s Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or
coordination while working. An operator who is taking

^ Safety Alert Symbol

*
prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means:
A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“ Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Carefully read the message that follows. Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &

A WARNING •
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook, Safety
Manual and machine signs (decals).
Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
Operator must have instructions before running the rules may include an employer’s work safety
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving
requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
death.
emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a
W-2001- 1285 utility line.
Have Training with Actual Operation
• Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
verbal instruction. This training is given by your
IMPORTANT Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
• The new operator must start in an area without
This notice identifies procedures which must be bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
followed to avoid damage to the machine. operate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt

«
1-2019- 0284
before operating.
• Operator Training Courses are available from your
Bobcat dealer in English and Spanish. They provide
information for safe and efficient equipment

A DANGER •
operation. Safety videos are also available.
Service Safety Training Courses are available from
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not and correct service procedures.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Know the Work Conditions
D- 1002- 1107 • Know the weight of the materials being handled.
Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity
(ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense
will be heavier than the same volume of less dense

A WARNING •
material. Reduce the size of the load if handling
dense material.
The operator must know any prohibited uses or work
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation excessive slopes.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious • Know the location of any underground lines. Call local
injury. utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the
W-2044- 1107 Before Operation Section of this manual.
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
operating condition before use. respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special
Applications Kits are required for some work. See
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the for your model.
Operation & Maintenance Manual. SI SSL-1008

16 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’ D ) FIRE PREVENTION

M
Avoid Silica Dust


Iff*
m
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust.
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL ) to
Maintenance

The machine and some attachments have components


that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
arcs or sparks.

silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate , it
means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
and is known to the state of California to cause cancer. accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.

The operator’s area , engine compartment and engine


cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.

All fuels , most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are


flammable . Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled

9» onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can


cause a fire.

Operation

Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or


hot components can contact flammable material ,
explosive dust or gases.

Electrical

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.


Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use


the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting . Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep

*
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area .

SI SSL- 1008

17 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


FIRE PREVENTION ( CONT’D ) Welding And Grinding

Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment , disconnect

<
the battery , and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel Toxic dust or gas can be produced .
fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fueling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.

® ®EB
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No
smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
Fire Extinguishers

sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

Starting

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has


glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders . located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrestor Exhaust System


The spark arrestor exhaust system is designed to control
the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
system , but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.

Check the spark arrestor exhaust system regularly to


make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrestor muffler (if equipped ).

SI SSL-1008

C
18 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

»
The following publications are also available for your
Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat Bobcat
dealer. OPERATOR ’S
ii WARNING HANDBOOK
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the
Bobcat Company , visit our web site at 6987174
www .training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com . =S' I

^ Bobcat
Operation & Maintenance Manual
5650 Skid- Steer Loader
Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
Bobcat
MANUAL

4
uanmuun
SKID-STEER

mm
affuicn rmimn l,p* :

LOADER OPERATOR
6987167
TRAINING COURSE

UJ
Ef CgTRAINING KIT
'
6901726

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the


routine maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
Introduces operator to step-by -step basics of skid-steer
loader operation. Also available in Spanish P /N 6902289.
Bobcat


Service Manual
OPERATOR SAFETY
-
S650 Skid Steer Loader VIDEO
S 650 SERVICE
6902176
MANUAL

6987168
OPERATOR SAFETY

jt
DVD (English &
Spanish )

6904762

Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat Provides basic safety instructions contained in all Bobcat
loader. safety videos in both English and Spanish.

,
bobcat
5:
A SAFETY MANUAL
fa OKMine MB MMRtlXMCf FttSMBU
SERVICE SAFETY I SKID-STEER LOADER
SAFETY MANUAL SERVICE SAFETY
(English & Spanish )
&] TRAINING COURSE

6556500 6900641
*
*
* TRAINING COURSE
For Bobcat Skid Steer loaders

2» Provides basic safety procedures and warnings for your


Bobcat loader in both English and Spanish.
Introduces service technicians to step-by-step basics of
proper and safe skid-steer loader maintenance and
servicing procedures.

19 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGNS ( DECALS )

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

h vv
*
A WARNING

:Jl 6 —^ ^
'
'
Iriss'
1
A WARNING

(®)
* ,
J
A WARNING

fjf> .
.
SflrSOR
C14M
«to
00
A
MP
w Boticat
<
L JSS
mu

T Ssrarj r *
^ SJC
marsL.
' Door
A WARNING
7167994 standard and ACS
_ 7110316

-
7168142
7168140
'
0« .
•¥ % -t
f I
0
Standard
i
and ACS
0* *
* -0*»l
«LO I
*90 7168138
7177742
6987174
£ \\ rsrr SOL B
wyi-is =v - o . : M
*;o: HBfei

* ! •

. ^ \\r
S5

Standard and ACS


\ . fy- j ^ "
SJC
fcarrtz
ipe
^*m a . r
Door
7168025 '

Rft fib
SJC SJC SJC 7168114 7167945
7168136 7168144 7168023 7168024 (Inside Fuse Access *
Panel) (Left Foot Area) ALARM MUST SOUNOt

VlFjj
m
. Standard and ACS

-SL- T A 4 u| AI s r © Pi
7168272

* ^-
RATED OPERATING
CAPACITY (ROC) % 6737189
269016s

7168000
©
3 Point Seat Belt
7184346
a §
gf I
Ll±
Door Gas
Spring
!
— Door Gas
Spring
7170360 7169291
Inside Cab 7167991

4J
A WARNING
uwuwa. HOLLOW
*
Njvmr

CARRY LOAD LOW


OR LOM 0»
WMHUTV CAM CAUW KMOWt
OR OCAlM
km

Single-Point Lift
m
X,

*»Ofo« IMI
rAAL

CAMCJW
zmnu» m >
* jn
«c
7167993 6533898 ( 2) 3S5T
Wn
L
=£=£

6561383
ssr
— \
/ »
• !
SSr
~r-
(Behind Bob-Tach) Single-Point Lift -
Single Point Lift

© 7168021 ( 2) 7142141 ( 2)

A DANGER
A
A WARNING
S- . % !§iir
"

rsr «ass» =2=


*
• srj
^
7167990
- 7ZZ =55
4iWARNING

-V
a _QJ Four-Point Lift
7167996
Four -Point Lift
7168019
I~ < Lift Kit Options
,11

3
7167996 7168031

«c
A DANGER

7167989

NA1667

20 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGNS ( DECALS) (CONT’D )

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

9
* ' :
H.
©
©
A WARNING

Aif I < R5?


-
7169291
o

©
t

TO IHSTAAJL APowvtn ur?

*»M UPPCRTP N 7is »s


^
«**» *<
**

a ^
knt
"
«»««
Wt

* •••«
IT *
" ***** * taM Wi.-****
6565990 7169699 ii
;>
7169340

I
^

- .,
.
.
(r rr > >••
** UIV <. 1I1
CiHKh CondtlWHi Wttli M«iini'ioi>>«>nr
ami Maul»r»>ni.« Mwntui
Wj a «a«amaai
*
:
7169877
* * 6708929
On Gas Spring

Under Rear Grill

A
~£~r -
7167988 2
r
£
\ c 0

WL ©4 ) 7170355 ( 4 )
y

1 ( On Hose & Tubeline )

> M
©
C\
h
Under Cab

7169710
5Nt
&
Si
%
IMPORTANT

£
*
rA ~lrA - O
- 4|
j P

6727595 (6 ) " **»•' . -


.

7167998

im LOW SULFUR OR ULTRA


LOW SULFUR DIESEL
FUEL ONLY

CT
;7
SOLO COMBUST18LE D<ESEL
CON BAJO O ULTRA BAJO
CONTENIDO DE SULFURO

^
II lll llV MH IIIHI II 1IIH M II II /


Inside Rear Door 7152748

NA1668

21 S 650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


«c

W Bobcat. *

«C
22 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT ’ D) NOTE: See the numbered MACHINE SIGNS
(DECALS ) on Page 20 and MACHINE SIGNS
No-Text Safety Signs (DECALS) (CONT’D) on Page 21 for the
machine location of each correspondingly

> Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or


maintenance person to hazards that may be encountered
in the use and maintenance of the equipment . The
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in
this section. Please become familiarized with all safety
numbered no-text decal.

1. High Range Speeds (7184346)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on loaders


signs installed on the machine / attachment. equipped with a seat belt with 3-point restraint.

Vertical Configuration

A HAZARD
PANEL
/ A* 4 CP
AVOIDANCE
A WARNING
PANEL HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds .

a» Horizontal Configuration
2. Hot Pressurized Fluid (7169699)
W-2754-0908

At
This safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap.

14 psi 97 kPa

A
HAZARD
PANEL

avoidance panel(s):
t
AVOIDANCE
PANEL

The format consists of the hazard panel(s ) and the

Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a


safety alert triangle. A WARNING
ASSVV
*
71

Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the HOT PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE


hazards. SERIOUS BURNS
• Never open hot.
A safety sign may contain more than one hazard panel • OPEN SLOWLY.
and more than one avoidance panel. W-2755-0908

23 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) ( CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d)

3. High Pressure Gas (7169291)

This safety sign is located on the gas spring component(s)


supporting the cab and also on the front door option.

A WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND CAUSE
I
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. DO NOT OPEN CYLINDER .

A <S>
1
*
# &SAI
A WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Do not open cylinder.
• See Service Manual for more information.
W-2756-0908

*
4. Lift Arm Crushing (7170355 )

This safety sign is located on certain hoses or tubelines


inside the loader frame underneath the operator cab.

A y
A DANGER
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting hydraulic lines can cause the lift
arms or attachment to drop.
• Always use an approved lift arm support when lift
arms are in a raised position.
D- 1008-0409

24 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION 29


Overview 29
Left Panel 30
Display Screen 32
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) 33
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel ) 34
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) 35
Left Switch Panel 37
Right Switch Panel 37
Left Side Lower Panel 38
Right Side Lower Panel 38
Radio 39

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION 41
Standard Controls 41
Advanced Control System (ACS) 42
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) 43

OPERATOR CAB 44
Description 44
Cab Light 44
Door Operation 44

>
Front Wiper 45
Side Windows 45

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM 46


Operation 46

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) 47


Operation 47

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL 48


Operation 48

PARKING BRAKE 48
Operation 48

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE 49


Operation 49

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL 49


Operation 49

EMERGENCY EXIT 50

a» External Access
Rear Window . .
Front Door
50
50
50

25 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM 52
Description 52
Operation

«c
52

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER 53


Available Control Configurations 53
Operation (Standard And ACS) 53
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern 54
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern 55

STOPPING THE LOADER 55


Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks 55

TWO-SPEED CONTROL 56
Description 56
Operation (Standard And ACS) (If Equipped) 56
Operation (SJC) (If Equipped) 56

SPEED MANAGEMENT 57
Operation 57
Changing The Factory Default Setting 58

DRIVE RESPONSE 59
Description 59
Operation 59

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION


Description
Operation
61
61
61
<
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 63
Description 63
Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode) 63
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode 64
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern 64
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern 65
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning 65
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation 66
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) 67
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW) 67
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation 68
High-Flow Hydraulics Operation 69
Quick Couplers 69
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) 70

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)

*
Description

DAILY INSPECTION
Daily Inspection And Maintenance

26 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE 74
Entering The Loader 74
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator ’s Handbook Locations 74

> Seat Adjustment


Joystick Position Adjustment
Seat Belt Adjustment
Seat Bar
75
76
77
77

STARTING THE ENGINE 78


Standard Key Panel 78
Keyless Start Panel 80
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel 82
Cold Temperature Starting 84
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 84

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS 85


Left Panel 85
Warning And Shutdown 85

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER 86


Procedure 86

COUNTERWEIGHTS 87
Description 87

» Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation .


When To Consider Using Counterweights . . .
When To Consider Removing Counterweights
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight
87
87
87
87

ATTACHMENTS 88
Choosing The Correct Bucket 88
Pallet Fork 88
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) 89
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) 91

OPERATING PROCEDURE 96
Inspect The Work Area 96
Basic Operating Instructions 96
Driving On Public Roads 96
Operating With A Full Bucket 97
Operating With An Empty Bucket 97
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals) 98
Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) 99
Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) 99
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) 100
Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) 101


Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) 102
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) 103
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) 104
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) 105

27 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


TOWING THE LOADER 106
Procedure 106

LIFTING THE LOADER 106


Single-Point Lift . . . 106
Four-Point Lift . . . .

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER 108


Loading And Unloading 108
Fastening 108

<

«e
28 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION Figure 8

Overview
,,

> Figure 6

;;

P -90668A

P100045A P - 85304A
The left panel [Figure 6] is described in more detail. (See
Left Panel on Page 30.)
The left and right switch panels [Figure 8] are described
Figure 7 in more detail. (See Left Switch Panel on Page 37.) and
(See Right Switch Panel on Page 37.)
Standard Key Keyless Start Deluxe Instrumentation
Figure 9


P-85285 P-90819B I P-90212A

-
P 85282
The right panel [Figure 7] is described in more detail.
(See Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) on Page 33.),
(See Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) on Page 34.) or '
(See Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) on
Page 35.) 3 0 0 0 0 3
PQG
a
.> I I 01 11 n

P -85267B

The left and right side lower panels [Figure 9] are


described in more detail. (See Left Side Lower Panel on
Page 38.) and (See Right Side Lower Panel on Page 38.)

29 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION ( CONT’D)

Left Panel

Figure 10

m
2
<
3
12

1 © 16
© ®
6
©“ © © 9 11 15

m
5
*
% 14

iff
-
17
20
18 19

«e
022) 22

(©)
0
P -90726B

The left instrument panel [Figure 10] is the same for The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION
Standard Key Panel , Keyless Start Panel and Deluxe and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the
Instrumentation Panel equipped machines. components of the left panel.

30 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION ( CONT’D)
Left Panel (Cont’d)


REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR (Option) Indicates left flasher signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED (Option) High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light comes on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT & TILT VALVE The light comes on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light comes on when the loader cannot be driven.
12 RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR (Option) Indicates right flasher signals are ON.
13 SHOULDER BELT (Option) Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
Remains lit while in high range.
14 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
15 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
16 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
17 LIGHTS Press once for FRONT work lights and REAR taillights. (Left green
LED will light.) Press a second time to add REAR work lights. (Left and

>
right green LEDs will light.) Press a third time to turn all lights off. (Left
and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press and hold five seconds to display software version in display
screen.
18 HIGH-FLOW (Option) Press once to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green
LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
19 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
will light.) Press a second time to deactivate the system.
20 INFORMATION Cycles through (after each button press):
•Hourmeter (On startup)
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
•Maintenance clock (Press and hold for seven seconds when
displayed to reset the maintenance clock.)
• Service codes*
21 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this
manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
22 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Press to activate the BICS System when the seat bar is down and
operator is seated in operating position. Button will light.
Press and hold three seconds to access Drive Response and Steering
Drift Compensation adjustment menus. (See DRIVE RESPONSE and

9» 23 PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all


loaders)
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.)
Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
disengage. (See PARKING BRAKE in this manual.)
* See SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 169.)

31 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT ’D )

Display Screen

The display screen can display the following information:



Operating hours.
Engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
<
• Speed management setting.
• Maintenance clock countdown.
• Battery voltage .
• Service codes.
• Engine preheat countdown.
• Steering drift compensation setting.
• Drive response setting.

Figure 11

©
l

IWHU8
3 ) ( 4 ) 5 ) f 6 7
P-76461A

C

The display screen is shown in [Figure 11] The data


,

display will show operating hours upon startup.

1. Data Display

2. Hourmeter

3. Speed Management

4. Engine Preheat

5. Engine Revolutions Per Minute

6. Battery / Charging Voltage

7. Service

«e
32 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION ( CONT’D) The switch location (Item 2 ) [Figure 12] can have
different functions depending on machine configuration.
Right Panel ( Standard Key Panel)

»
See the following table for more information.

Figure 12
FUNCTION /
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
ADVANCED Press the top to select

m CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom


(ACS ) (Option) to select Foot
Controls.
S
;
m
a
£ c. m v SELECTABLE
JOYSTICK
Press the top to select
‘ISO’Control Pattern;
CONTROLS (SJC) bottom to select ‘H’
(Option) Control Pattern.

t &
1

* FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn


FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.

> 2

ROTATING
BEACON (Option)
Press the top to turn
light ON ; bottom to
P-85285 or turn OFF.
STROBE LIGHT
(Option)
This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key
Panel [Figure 12].

The Standard Key Panel has a key switch (Item 1 )


[Figure 12] used to turn the loaders electrical system on
and off, and to start and stop the engine.


33 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) The switch location (Item 7) [Figure 13] can have
different functions depending on machine configuration.
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) See the following table for more information.

Figure 13
REF. DESCRIPTION

ADVANCED
FUNCTION /
OPERATION
Press the top to select
«
iI i
CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom
(ACS) (Option) to select Foot
1
nn Controls.

SELECTABLE Press the top to select

1i
2 jf 3
JOYSTICK ‘ISO’ Control Pattern;
CONTROLS (SJC) bottom to select ‘H’
(Option) Control Pattern.

5
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn
6 ' FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.

7
«G
y
ROTATING Press the top to turn
BEACON (Option) light ON; bottom to
P- 90819B or turn OFF.
STROBE LIGHT
(Option)
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number
code (password) to allow starting the engine. An
asterisk will show in the left panel display screen for
each key press.

2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will


display a red light to indicate a password is required
to start the loader. (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 177.)

3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock


key will display a green light to indicate the loader can
be started without a password. (See Password
Lockout Feature on Page 177.)

4. START Button: Used to start the engine.

5. STOP Button: Used to stop the engine and shut


down the loaders electrical system.

6. RUN Button: Used to turn on the loaders electrical


system.
§C
34 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT ’ D ) 6. STOP Button: Used to stop the engine and shut
down the loaders electrical system.
Right Panel ( Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

>
7. RUN Button: Used to turn on the loaders electrical
Figure 14 system.

The switch location (Item 8 ) [Figure 14] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.
A

- 3
© REF. DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION /
OPERATION

I
4 3 ADVANCED Press the top to select
-5 CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom
( ACS) (Option) to select Foot
Controls.

5
6

7 £
0

y SELECTABLE
JOYSTICK
CONTROLS ( SJC)
(Option)
Press the top to select
‘ISO’ Control Pattern;
bottom to select ‘H’
Control Pattern.

> !r"
I
3
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.

P- 90212A

This machine may be equipped with a Deluxe

I
Instrumentation Panel [Figure 14] ,
ROTATING Press the top to turn
BEACON (Option ) light ON; bottom to
1. Keypad ( 1 through 0 ): The keypad has two turn OFF.
functions: STROBE LIGHT
(Option)
- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting
the engine.
- To enter a number as directed for further use of the
display screen.

2. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all


system setup, monitoring and error conditions are
displayed.

3. Scroll Buttons: Used to scroll through display screen


choices.

a» 4. ENTER Button: Used to make selections on the

5.
display screen.

START Button: Used to start the engine.

35 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Enter The Password:

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d) Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password,
then press the [ENTER ] button. A symbol will appear on
Figure 15 the display screen for each number entered [Figure 15].
The left scroll button can be used to backspace if an
incorrect number is entered.

If the correct password is not entered , [INVALID


PASSWORD TRY AGAIN] will appear on the display
screen and the password will have to be reentered .

See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of


screens to setup the system for your use. (See
CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 175.)

The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
shown in [Figure 15] ,

When this screen is on the display you can enter the


password and start the engine or change the default
language.

NOTE: Your new loader ( with Deluxe Instrumentation


Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your
dealer will provide you with this password.
Change the password to one that you will
easily remember to prevent unauthorized use
of your loader. ( See Changing The Owner
Password on Page 178.) Keep your password
in a safe place for future needs.

Change Language:

Press the left or right scroll button to cycle through the


languages. The language that is stopped on will be the
default language used for the deluxe instrumentation
panel [Figure 15].

The language can be changed at any time. (See


CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 175. )

36 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Right Switch Panel

Left Switch Panel Figure 17

3» Figure 16

A
©—

®—
I ©—

3» ©
I
>

P-85319

This machine may be equipped with a Left Switch Panel


[Figure 16]

REF.
,

REF.
NO.
,

DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


P-85320

This machine may be equipped with a Right Switch Panel


[Figure 17]

DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION 1 POWER Press and hold the up arrow to


NO.
BOB-TACH disengage the Bob-Tach
1 FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn lights ON; (Option) wedges. Press and hold the
FLASHER bottom to turn OFF. down arrow to engage the
LIGHTS (Option) Bob-Tach wedges into the
2 ROTATING Press the top to turn light ON; attachment mounting frame
BEACON (Option) bottom to turn OFF. holes.
or 2 NOT USED - - -
STROBE LIGHT
(Option)
3 HYDRAULIC Press the top to engage
BUCKET Hydraulic Bucket Positioning;
POSITIONING bottom to disengage.


(Option)

37 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Right Side Lower Panel

Left Side Lower Panel Figure 19

Figure 18
\
2
i
cj aaaooo
PO < j
3 a
> m io

1 2 4

P - 85267B

P-85282
This machine may be equipped with a Right Side Lower
Panel [Figure 19].
This machine may be equipped with a Left Side Lower
Panel [Figure 18] ,
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION 1 POWER PORT Provides a 12 volt
NO.
(Option) receptacle for accessories.

«
1 FAN MOTOR Turn clockwise to increase
2 RADIO (Option) See Radio in this manual.
(Option) fan speed;
counterclockwise to 3 HEADPHONE JACK Used to connect
decrease. There are four (Option) headphones to the optional
positions; OFF-1-2-3. radio output. Automatically
silences speakers when
2 AIR CONDITIONING Press top of switch to start;
used.
/ DEFROST SWITCH bottom to stop. Switch will
(Option) light blue when started. Fan 4 SPEAKER (Option) Right speaker used with
Motor (Item 1) must be ON optional radio.
for A/C to operate.
3 TEMPERATURE Turn clockwise to increase
CONTROL (Option) the temperature;
counterclockwise to
decrease.
4 SPEAKER (Option) Left speaker used with
optional radio.

«E
38 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’ D)

Radio

3» This machine may be equipped with a radio.

Figure 20

© © © © © © ©
O J I N sroO

{ (!) j I MUTEj l^oispj ( AM/FM) [ AUX ] WB j ( TIMER ;


** Bobcat HEAVY DUTY
"
1
© VOL *
10

^
( AAS TUN s 2)

lul@
TyN
! 95.1 MENU

© >•
r J
VOL-


3» s © SE EK
j NOAA AM/ FM/WB RECEIVER JHD910
SFiK
1
I
CD
I
CD CD
4 ik
5
t
6
t
/
/ v
; . L
nU f ^ 1
<

© P-85255

The table on the next page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the controls of the radio
[Figure 20] ,

NOTE: See DISPLAY in the table for clock setting instructions.


39 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION ( CONT’D)

Radio (Cont’d)

REF
NO.
1
2
. DESCRIPTION

POWER
MUTE
FUNCTION / OPERATION

Press to turn ON; press again to turn OFF.


«
Press to mute audio output; MUTE will appear in display screen; press again to turn OFF.
3 DISPLAY Press to toggle between function mode (showing tuner frequency, auxiliary input, weather
band information or timer) and clock mode.
Press and hold to enter clock setting mode; use FREQUENCY DOWN button to adjust
hours and FREQUENCY UP button to adjust minutes; normal operation will resume
automatically.
4 BAND Press to select tuner mode. Press to cycle through 2 AM (MW) bands and 3 FM bands.
5 AUXILIARY Press to select Auxiliary Input mode. Portable audio device (MP3 player, etc.) must be
attached to auxiliary input jack.
6 WEATHER BAND Press to select weather band; use FREQUENCY UP and FREQUENCY DOWN buttons to
adjust to the clearest station.
The weather alert feature, if activated, will automatically switch from the current function to
the weather band if a weather warning is received. See AUDIO / MENU ADJUSTMENT in
this table.
7 TIMER Press to access timer mode. Press to start the timer function; press again to stop timer;
press again to resume timer or press and hold to reset timer and exit from timer mode.
8 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays the time, frequency and activated functions.
9 VOLUME UP Adjusts volume up; current volume (0 - 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
10 AUDIO / MENU AUDIO ADJUSTMENT: Press to cycle through bass, treble and balance settings; use
ADJUSTMENT VOLUME UP and VOLUME DOWN to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal
operation will resume automatically.

MENU ADJUSTMENT: Press and hold for three seconds to enter menu adjustment
«C
settings; press to cycle through the following settings; use VOLUME UP and VOLUME
DOWN to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal operation will resume
automatically.
• Beep Confirm (On or Off) - Determines if beep will sound with each button press.
• Operation Region (USA or Europe) - Selects the appropriate region.
• Clock Display (12 or 24) - Selects a 12-hour or 24-hour clock display.
•Display Brightness (Low, Medium or High) - Determines brightness level of display
cproon
.
OU CCI 1

• Backlight Color (Amber or Green) - Determines backlight color of display screen.


• Power On Volume (0 - 40) - Selects default volume setting when radio is turned on.
• WB Alert (On or Off) - Determines if weather band alert feature is activated.
11 FREQUENCY DOWN Press to manually tune the radio frequency down.
12 FREQUENCY UP Press to manually tune the radio frequency up.
13 VOLUME DOWN Adjusts volume down; current volume (0 - 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
14 SEEK FREQUENCY Press to automatically tune frequency down to next strong station.
DOWN
15 SEEK FREQUENCY Press to automatically tune frequency up to next strong station.
UP
16 PRESET STATIONS Used to store and recall stations for each AM and FM band. Press and hold to store

«C
current station; press button to recall station.
17 AUXILIARY INPUT Connect line output of portable audio device (MP3 player, etc.) to 3,5 mm (1/8 in) jack and
JACK press AUXILIARY button.

40 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION

This loader has three control configurations available to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader:

> •


Standard Controls - Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.

Advanced Control System ( ACS ) (Option) -Uses a choice of foot pedals or handles for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader .

• Selectable Joystick Controls ( SJC) ( Option) - Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader.

Standard Controls

Figure 21

© ©
M
1 2 3 10
5

§
6

\ AN

um
«8
D
7 c V

4
o
'
7 I!
o n
o o
i
aa
o a
m
9
\
@r
B-15781F / NA1014A / B-15781E

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 NOT USED —
2 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
6 STEERING LEVERS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
7 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
10 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
11 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
12 TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
13 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation ( CONTINUOUS
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW ) in this manual.

41 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’ D )

Advanced Control System (ACS)

Figure 22

1 2 3
6
i
11 12
© <
7

©
4
w
/

8 (? )
$
0
0c
\

@r
.0
oa
a o -
; ’

5
@ S' '0
B-15781D / NA 1164A / B- 15781E

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 NOT USED —
2 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
5 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
6 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
7 STEERING LEVERS AND LIFT / TILT See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
HANDLES CONTROLS in this manual.
8 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
10 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
11 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
12 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
13 TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
14 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation ( CONTINUOUS
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

42 S 650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION ( CONT’D )

Selectable Joystick Controls ( SJC )

9» Figure 23

1 2
© 4 5 )@
13
© © (17
9
8
&
/ I
QIQ & q o Op C ©
UQ9 0
V ¥
V ¥

fiC
PI / 5
/
foooll ||
10

I!
o o
oa
n
11
18
©
6
Co /
B-19873 A / NA1165A / B-19874A

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 TWO-SPEED CONTROL ( Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
*2 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.


Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
3 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
*4 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
9 JOYSTICKS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
CONTROLS in this manual.
10 FOOTRESTS Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
11 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual .
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
* 14 NOT USED —
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
* 16 NOT USED —
17 NOT USED —
9» 18
19
FLOAT CONTROL
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
FLOW ) in this manual.
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

43 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATOR CAB Door Operation

Description This machine may be equipped with a front door.

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and


FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be
worn for rollover protection.
Figure 25
<
Si !

A WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding , grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death. P-90351 A
W-2069-0200

Cab Light
Push the knob (Item 1) and pull the handle to open the
front door. A lock is provided in the knob (Inset)


[Figure 25] to lock the front door when the loader is not

- Hjj
Figure 24
in use.

Figure 26

C rr *i 1
'

UQj
V ‘
• .
. -
; '
'
1
+— — ( 3
IH
"
MB
This machine may be equipped with a Cab Light P - 90684A

[Figure 24] It will be located above the operator ’s left


,

shoulder.
Pull the front door closed using the handle (Item 2)
[Figure 26] ,
Push this side of the switch (Item 1) to turn the light ON.
Place the switch in the middle position (Item 2) to turn the
Pull the lever (Item 1) toward you to unlatch the front
light OFF. Push this side of the switch (Item 3) door. Push on the handle (Item 2 ) [Figure 26] to open
[Figure 24] to turn the light ON and OFF with the door. the front door.

aC
44 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATOR CAB ( CONT’D) Side Windows

Front Wiper This machine may be equipped with side windows.

> Figure 27 Figure 29

\mv 1

P-90601A P-85314A

This machine may be equipped with a Front Wiper Pull the knob (Item 1 ) [Figure 29] and slide backward to
[Figure 27] . open window. Release knob at cutout to lock in desired
position. Pull the knob and slide forward to close window.
Press the left side of the switch (Item 1 ) [Figure 27] to
start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid).
Press the right side of the switch to stop the wiper.

Figure 28

P- 90350

The washer fluid tank is located on the left side of the


operator cab. Check the fluid level in the sight gauge
(Item 1). Remove the cap (Item 2) [Figure 28] to add
washer fluid.

b
45 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Operation
A WARNING
Figure 30

L* m AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
«
y
1 1 • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.
.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
m controls do not deactivate .
P - 85448D
W-2463-0610

The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with
armrests (item 1) [Figure 30 ] .

The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
seat.

A WARNING «c
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised, the lift, tilt and traction drive
functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if
equipped) will be locked when returned to neutral
position.

«E
46 S 650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) Figure 32

Operation

> A WARNING
8.88
©® 2 3

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bobcat Interlock Control System ( BICS ) must
deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it J
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT P -76460C
modify the system.
W-2151-0394
There are three display lights (Items 1, 2 and 3)
[Figure 32] located on the left instrument panel that must
Figure 31 be OFF to fully operate the machine.

i When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the


'I PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the parking brake is released, the lift, tilt, auxiliary
hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.

When, the seat bar is raised, the lift, tilt, auxiliary


X 1
hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated.

3» -
P- 85448D
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) has a • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 31]. The the ground.
operator controls the use of the seat bar. • Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
The BICS requires the operator to be seated in the • Raise the seat bar.
operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive position to make sure the lift , tilt and traction
functions can be operated. The seat belt must be drive functions are deactivated.
fastened anytime you operate the machine.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
controls do not deactivate.
-
A WARNING W 2463-0610

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.


• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

47 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL PARKING BRAKE

Operation Operation

Figure 33 Figure 34
<
©

m 2

P -85290B P-85290A
P - 90681 A

The lift arm bypass control (Item 1) [Figure 33], located Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 34 ] to
to the right of the operator ’s seat, is used to lower the lift engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will
arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal turn on. The traction drive system will be locked.
operations.
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 34] to
1. Sit in the operator's seat. disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch
will turn off. The traction drive system will be unlocked.
2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar.

3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 33] 90° clockwise.


NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
instrument panel will remain ON until the
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
«C
4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower. LOADER button is pressed and the parking
brake is disengaged.

48 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

Operation Operation

3» -
Figure 35

V
e-stsi
Figure 36

T& m
2
1
B
1

Jf P-90726A P-90525 A

( Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The The engine speed control lever ( Item 1) [Figure 36] is
Engine Is Running ) There is a TRACTION LOCK located alongside the door frame below the right panel.
OVERRIDE button (Item 1 ) [Figure 35] on the left
instrument panel which will allow you to use the steering Move the lever up to increase engine speed. Move down
levers to move the loader forward and backward when to decrease engine speed.
using the backhoe attachment.
Figure 37
Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once
to unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light
'
-mm i
(Item 2) [Figure 35] will be OFF.

Press the button a second time to lock the traction


drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2)
[Figure 35] will be ON. ©
NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will
unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is
raised and the engine is running.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button wjM


function if the parking brake is in the engaged
or disengaged position and the engine is P-90534A
running. If the parking brake switch is turned
ON, the red light in the parking brake switch
will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK There is a foot operated engine speed control pedal (Item
OVERRIDE is engaged. 1) [Figure 37] in addition to the engine speed control
lever on SJC equipped machines. It is located on the
right side floor above the footrest.

49 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


EMERGENCY EXIT Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

The front opening on the operator cab and rear window Figure 40

<
provide exits.

External Access

Figure 38
5P

----
- -
i
4S
’ "flf
'

Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 40] ,

P - 85724 Front Door

This machine may be equipped with a front door.


The rear window can be removed from outside the loader
using a T40 TORX® driver. Turn both screws (Item 1) NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door
[Figure 38] in until the latches disengage from the only under emergency conditions. Damage to
window frame. Pull the top of the window away from the

<
machine may occur.
cab and lift up to remove.
Figure 41
Rear Window

NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the rear window


only under emergency conditions. Damage to
<
* '
machine may occur.

Figure 39

1
%
AafF J
* &

P- 90725

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 41] down until they


disengage from the door frame.

Push the door out of the operator cab door frame.


P-85309A
Exit through the opening.

*
Turn both latches (Item 1 ) [Figure 39] in until they
disengage from the window frame.

50 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D) Figure 44

J
Front Door (Cont’d)

> Front Door Reassembly

Reassemble the front door using the following


instructions if the door was opened using the emergency *
2

exit procedure.

Figure 42
1
'

u
»8
1 :
9

P-90685
f'

i Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door


1! hinges (Item 2) [Figure 44] on the door. (Bottom hinge
shown)
2 1
Figure 45

P - 85781 A 1

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid

*
hose (Item 1 ) [Figure 42]. 2

Figure 43

, im »

2
3
iW
P-90686A

Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care


to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
1 against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 45] up to
lock cast washer into place. (Bottom hinge shown)
(Plastic cap shown removed for clarity.)

P - 85588 A P - 85589 A Install door on loader.

Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the clip to lock into place [Figure 43 ] ,

ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 43].


Connect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid
Remove the door hinges from the loader. hose (Item 1 ) [Figure 42] ,


51 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BACK -UP ALARM SYSTEM Operation

Description

Figure 46
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
«
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
O and travel path.
• The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
1 the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409

The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves


both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
P-85645 A
position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the
reverse position is required with hydrostatic
transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
The back-up alarm (Item 1 ) [Figure 46] is located on the
inside of the rear door. If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions,
see inspection and maintenance instructions for the
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance
rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
keeping bystanders away from the work area . on Page 121.)
Operators must always look in the direction of travel,
including reverse , and must also keep bystanders away
from the work area, even though the loader is equipped
with a back-up alarm. «C
Operators must be trained to always look in the direction
of travel, including when operating the loader in
reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work
area. Other workers should be trained to always keep
away from the operator’s work area and travel path.

«C
52 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER Figure 48

Available Control Configurations Standard and ACS


FORWARD BACKWARD
The loader has three configurations available:

• Standard Controls - Two Steering Levers control drive


t

and steering functions.

Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Two


|§>R n m
Steering Levers control drive and steering functions.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) - LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN


(‘ISO’ Pattern) Left joystick controls the drive and
steering functions.

(‘H’ Pattern) Left and right joysticks control left and r


i \ r t
right side drive and steering functions.

Operation ( Standard And ACS)

Figure 47 LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST


TURN TURN

m
\
i!
. » t t


V

1
PI- 1849C

The steering levers control forward and backward travel


and turning the loader [Figure 48] .

P -85456 -
Forward Travel Push both levers forward.
Backward Travel - Pull both levers backward.
The steering levers (Item 1 ) [Figure 47] are on the left Normal Turning - Move one lever farther forward than
and right side in front of the seat. the other.
Fast Turning - Push one lever forward and pull the other
Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and lever backward.
stopping.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

53 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT ’ D ) Figure 51

Operation ( SJC ) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern SJC in ‘ISO’


Control Pattern
Figure 49

Q FORWARD
Left Joystick

© BACKWARD <
ISO IF— © —m — IS t \ I
ISfl!

'I' " T' i


H © FORWARD
LEFT TURN
(4N
^
FORWARD
RIGHT TURN

P-85307A
B- 159931

\\ ,\m-
Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the
switch (Item 1) [Figure 49] ,

/ •
1
'
y N
5

© BACKWARD
LEFT TURN
^
BACKWARD
RIGHT TURN

A WARNING
s\ s \ i / n
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
—•— |
!;lil — •
I bV
— pa

«c
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
'
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on
control levers. © LEFT FAST
TURN © RIGHT FAST
TURN
W-2399-0501

Figure 50 \ I

1
/ fry
B-21970B

Left Joystick Functions (Drive and Steering) [Figure 51].

1. Forward Travel - Move joystick forward.


2. Backward Travel - Move joystick backward.
3. Forward Left Turn - Move joystick forward and to the
left.
* 4. Forward Right Turn - Move joystick forward and to
/ the right.
P-90675
5. Backward Left Turn - Move joystick backward and to
the right.
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left 6. Backward Right Turn - Move joystick backward and
side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 50]. to the left.

Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and


7. Left Fast Turn - Move joystick to the left.
stopping. 8. Right Fast Turn - Move joystick to the right.

54 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER ( CONT ’ D ) Figure 54

Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern Left Right SJC in ‘H’

» Joystick Joystick Control Pattern


Figure 52 1
A A
\7/ S r/ FORWARD
O ©

ISO ' I
' '
©J s l'y
1
/
o 0 BACKWARD

A H h ©
- Ui
©\
.
.. .
P-85307A
B - 159931
+oy sty
© ^ LEFT
TURN

Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of


the switch (Item 1) [Figure 52]. © s tl y
' 1'
RIGHT
© © TURN

A WARNING ' 1' ' 1'


©s i y
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH © NJi/ w
y f)
s
LEFT
FAST
When operating the machine:
T TURN

> • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.


• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on
control levers.
®
t1 ' \L's m )
\0
RIGHT
FAST

' ' | BJ
W-2399-0501 y TURN
B-22029A
Figure 53

Joystick Functions (Drive and Steering ) [Figure 54 ]


m 1. Forward Travel - Move both joysticks forward.
2. Backward Travel - Move both joysticks backward.

;
3. Forward Left Turn - Move the right joystick farther
forward than the left joystick.
4. Forward Right Turn - Move the left joystick farther
forward than the right joystick.
5. Left Fast Turn - Move the left joystick backward and
the right joystick forward.
6. Right Fast Turn - Move the left joystick forward and
P- 85448D the right joystick backward.
STOPPING THE LOADER
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located


on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1) Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks
[Figure 53] ,

When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the


Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and neutral position, the hydrostatic transmission will act as a
stopping. service brake to stop the loader.

55 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


TWO-SPEED CONTROL Operation ( Standard And ACS) (If Equipped)

Description Figure 56
Left Handle Right Handle
This machine may be equipped with two speed ranges,
high and low range. High range allows you to reduce
cycle times when there is a long travel distance between
the dig site and the dump site. You can also use the high
range when traveling from one job site to another at
faster speeds.

A WARNING 2

*
::::
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS -'01
* J <0*
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when El I
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908 Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the right handle for
high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
Figure 55 located on the left instrument panel (Item 2) [Figure 56]
will come on.
2 NOTE: This toggle switch retains the selected range.
The loader will be in high range speed at start ¬

up if the switch is in the high range position.


/ Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
P-85812 A
Operation ( SJC) (If Equipped )

Figure 57
Left Joystick Right Joystick
1

' >

I -
P - 8 5 8 ’ v\

NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when


selecting high range operation [Figure 55].

Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1) 2


[Figure 55]. Pull the lap belt across to the right side of »8 S3
the seat and fasten (Item 2) [Figure 55].
a
* *
8 ®
The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left
shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 55] .
a 3

NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management


before you can select high range .

Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the left joystick for

4E
high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
located on the left instrument panel (Item 2) [Figure 57]
will come on.
Press the bottom of the switch for low range.

56 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SPEED MANAGEMENT The Speed Management icon (Item 1 ) [Figure 59] will
appear in the display and remain on until the Speed
Speed Management is available on SJC equipped Management button is pressed again or the machine is
machines. turned off.

* Operation

Speed Management allows the loader to be maneuvered


at a slower travel speed, even during maximum
movement of the joystick(s).

This feature can be useful when installing attachments,


When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will
travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in
the display (Item 2) [Figure 59] .

NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by


the operator . (See Changing The Factory
loading or unloading, and certain applications. Default Setting on Page 58.)
(EXAMPLES: Landscaping, tilling, trenching)
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must be in low the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 58] to increase
range speed to engage Speed Management. the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the
switch (Item 3) [Figure 58] to decrease the speed down
Figure 58 to 1% [SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the
display (Items 2, 3 and 4) [Figure 59]
,

Left Joystick Right Joystick

r* l
-
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 58] again to disengage
’ lr'• Speed Management and return to Standard Travel

[ / ][ »
Speed. [STD] (Item 5 ) [Figure 59] will appear in the

’I display.

The system will retain the speed percentage as long as


the loader remains ON.

> Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 58] on the left joystick
once to engage Speed Management.
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%
and then disengage Speed Management to
reposition the loader, then re-engage Speed
Management. The speed percentage will still be at
Figure 59 40%.

-3 EXAMPLE: Turning the key OFF or pressing the


STOP button will return the Speed Management
setting to default. The next time you start the
1 engine and engage Speed Management, the
speed will be at 57% (factory default setting) or
t® the last default setting saved by the operator. ( See
Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page
@JI
s&r 2 58.)

) ...
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must
P -76460B disengage Speed Management before you
can select high range.

SPSSTCD
5P33§2) 5 TJ © P-76461D

5PSOT©
P-76461E
P-76461F
V P-76461G

57 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D ) Figure 61

Changing The Factory Default Setting

*
The Speed Management factory default setting can be
changed by the operator to save adjustment time.


EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for
trenching and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 28 % of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
57%. Each time you start the machine and first
<
O /— — ^—
)7
r
/
I
Jl
— “V
-
7\ JF
/
I P - 76460B

[S E T ##]
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.

Engage Speed management. (See Operation on Page


57.)
©
J I P-76461K1
Figure 60

Left Joystick Right Joystick The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] (## will be the
percentage you selected) (Item 1) [Figure 61] and
remain in Speed Management mode.

Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 60] on the left


joystick or turning the machine off will disengage Speed
Management and return the loader to Standard Travel
K2
P -24820C
.

Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower


Speed.

When Speed Management is first selected each time the


machine is started, the percentage you selected will be
«C
the default setting. Speed Management can still be
(Item 3) [Figure 60] by pressing the Speed Control adjusted from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.
switch until the desired default setting is displayed.
The default setting can be changed any time the operator
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 60] on the left chooses.
joystick to save the default setting.

58 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*
DRIVE RESPONSE Operation

Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines. NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat


bar is lowered, the engine is started and the
Description PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed to activate the BICS.
Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less)
the loaders drive and steering systems are when the Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
operator moves the joystick(s).
1. Fasten seat belt.
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for
different drive response preferences and various job 2. Lower seat bar.
conditions and attachment use.
3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect
braking or stopping the loader. 4. Start the engine.

There are three drive response settings: 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

• [DR -1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to 6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly
joystick movement. (Drive only) in the data display.

• [DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control
responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to
only) disengage from drive response . The last
displayed setting will remain in effect until the
• [DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to machine is turned OFF.
joystick movement. (Drive only)


59 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D) Figure 63

Operation (Cont’d)
O <i>

*
Figure 62 3 Q 303
4
© 4 4;
<? <S> 0>
to r

© 4 @1

D
13 r
• 2
1
A ./•

-
Jissa NA1011
2
1

NA 1011

5ET
© © P-76461K

SR - I , 3,9 -? 39 - 3 P-76461W
P-76461X
Saving The Drive Response Setting:
P-76461Y
The current drive response setting can be saved by
Left Joystick Right Joystick pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds . [SET] (Item
3) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 63] and

<
the machine will exit from the drive response adjustment
menu.

OR

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit


from the drive response adjustment menu without saving
the current setting.
Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) for three seconds to adjust the loaders
The current steering drift compensation setting (See
drive response setting. The current drive response
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 61.) will
setting will appear in the data display (Item 2)
appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 63] and the
[Figure 62] ,
upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will
no longer make changes to drive response.
Press the upper left or upper right button on the left
joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the drive
NOTE: The last displayed drive response setting will
response will be effective immediately. Press the upper
remain in effect until the machine is turned
left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to scroll down
OFF. The machine will revert back to the last
through the three drive response settings (Items 3, 4 and
saved drive response setting the next time it
5). Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left
is started.
joystick to scroll up through the three drive response
settings (Items 3, 4 and 5) [Figure 62] ,
Adjustments to steering drift compensation can now be
made (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on
Page 61.)

«C
OR

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button again


to exit from the steering drift compensation adjustment
menu.

60 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Operation

Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat
equipped machines. bar is lowered , the engine is started and the

*
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
Description pressed to activate the BICS.

Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both
forward and reverse directions. 1. Fasten seat belt.

Examples of applications where this feature can be used: 2. Lower seat bar.

• To compensate for normal variations such as tire 3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track
wear. 4. Start the engine.

• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
planers and silt fence installers.
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly
• Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road in the data display.
surfaces.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control
Figure 64 mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to
disengage from steering drift compensation.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION The last displayed setting will remain in effect
until the machine is turned OFF.


[S -L 10 ] [ S— ] [ S- R10 ]
I I I I I I I I I I O I I 11 11 I I I I

Sum
M

[S-L 10 ] [S — ] [ S- R10 ]
I I I I I I I I I I O I I I I 11 I I I I B-23580C

Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21


settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any
point from neutral to [S-L10] left and from neutral to [S-

R10] right. [S- ] is displayed when set for neutral
[Figure 64] .


61 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D ) Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to
adjust back toward center. The display will decrease
Operation (Cont’d)

down to neutral displayed as [S ] (Item 4 ). Another
press of the upper right button will cause [S-R01] (Item 5)
Figure 65 to appear in the data display (Item 2 ) [Figure 65], The
number will increase by one each time you press the
button up to a maximum of [S-R10]. The higher the
<? <$>

>.
number, the greater the amount of steering drift
0008,3
<5a compensation to the right. Adjustments to steering drift
compensation will be effective immediately.
© A a
K •i' Figure 66
a 0

j - 4= <T> >
2 G 330.3
1
l4
©A
© A _
NA 1011
SO
a o
© © ©
C .. I n cJ 2
J L UI
I
- 5 -PS I P-76461L
P-76461N
P-76461M
1
4‘
Left Joystick Right Joystick NA 1011

© ©
SPT nnMf
JJUNL P-76461K
P-764610

Saving The Steering Drift Compensation Setting:

Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER The current steering drift compensation setting can be
button (Item 1) for three seconds to access the drive saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO
response adjustment menu. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds .
OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) again to adjust the
[SET] (Item 3) will appear in the data display (Item 2)
[Figure 66] and the machine will exit from the steering
loaders steering drift compensation setting. The current
drift compensation adjustment menu.
steering drift compensation setting will appear in the data
display (Item 2) [Figure 65] ,

OR
Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit
adjust the machine left. [S-L01] (Item 3) through a
from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu
maximum of [S-L10] will appear in the data display (Item
without saving the current setting. [DONE] (Item 4) will
2) [Figure 65] The number will increase by one each
,
appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 66] and the
time you press the button. The higher the number, the
upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will
greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the
no longer make changes to steering drift compensation.
left. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be
effective immediately. NOTE: The last displayed steering drift
compensation setting will remain in effect
until the machine is turned OFF. The machine
will revert back to the last saved setting the
next time it is started.

62 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS Figure 68

»
Description

9» Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional


joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt
functions.

Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP


THEM THERE any time you operate the loader.

Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode)


9
I NA1681 B-15973

Figure 67
Tilt Operation - ( Right Pedal)

\ Push the heel (Item 1 ) [Figure 68] of the pedal to tilt


the bucket backward .
p
Push the toe (Item 2 ) [Figure 68 ] of the pedal to tilt
c 0 the bucket forward.

NA 1681
4 B- 15781

Lift Arm Operation - (Left Pedal )


Push the heel ( Item 1 ) [Figure 67] of the pedal to
raise the lift arms.

Push the toe (Item 2 ) [Figure 67] of the pedal to lower


the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Pedal )

Push the toe ( Item 2 ) [Figure 67] of the pedal all the
way forward until it locks into the float position.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose


material while driving backward.

Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position.

Lift Arm Float Position ( With ACS ) - (Left Pedal )

Press and hold the Float button ( Item 3 ) [Figure 67] ,

Push the toe (Item 2 ) [Figure 67] of the pedal forward


to lower the lift arms. Then release the float button.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose


material while driving backward.

3» Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position.

63 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC ) In ‘ISO’ Control
Pattern
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control

«C
Mode Figure 71
Figure 69
©

life | NA1681 B-15781


sit I NA1681
i

Lift Arm Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)


©
Right Joystick r B-15781

Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Lever) Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 71] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the lever outward (Item 1) [Figure 69] to raise
the lift arms.
Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 71] to
lower the lift arms.
Move the lever inward (Item 2) [Figure 69] to lower
the lift arms.
Lift Arm Float Position - (Right Hand Joystick)
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Hand Lever) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 71]
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 69] while the joystick is in neutral. Move the joystick to lift
while the lever is in neutral. Move the lever to lift arm arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 71], then release
down position (Item 2) [Figure 69], then release the the button.
button.
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick
Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 69] again or move to lift arm up position (Item 1 ) [Figure 71] to
disengage.
the lever to lift arm up position to disengage.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward. material while driving backward.

Figure 70 Figure 72


I NA1681
m m
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Lever)
B-15781
I NA1681

Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick )


0

^
Right Joystick B-15781

Move the joystick inward (Item 1 ) [Figure 72] to tilt


Move the lever inward (Item 1 ) [Figure 70] to tilt the
bucket backward.

Move the lever outward (Item 2 ) [Figure 70] to tilt the


bucket forward.
the bucket backward.

Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 72] to tilt


the bucket forward.
«E
64 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS ( CONT’D) Hydraulic Bucket Positioning

Selectable Joystick Controls ( SJC) In ‘H’ Control This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket
Pattern Positioning.

* Figure 73

Left
Joystick
Right
Joystick

AO O
'
.
The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the
bucket at the same approximate angle as the lift arms are
raised.

Figure 75

-
NA1681

Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Joystick )


3

Move the joystick outward (Item 1 ) [Figure 73] to


raise the lift arms.
B-19873
B-19874

|
Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 73] to lower
the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position - (Left and Right Hand Joysticks)

Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 73]


while the joysticks are in neutral. Move the left joystick
|
*
to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 73], then
release the button.

Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 73] again or move


the left joystick to lift arm up position to disengage.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose


material while driving backward.

Figure 74

Left
Joystick
Right
Joystick
1
Press the top of the BUCKET POSITIONING switch
P-85319

(Item 1 ) [Figure 75] on the left switch panel to engage


o o the bucket positioning function. The amber light in the
switch will turn on. Press the bottom of the switch to
A disengage. The amber light will turn off.

Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.


NA1681 B-19873
B-19874

Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick )


Move the joystick inward (Item 1 ) [Figure 74] to tilt

2» the bucket backward.

Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 74] to tilt


the bucket forward.

65 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Standard And ACS (If Equipped)

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation Figure 77

Figure 76 Left Handle Right Handle

0 (

2 1 SJC (If Equipped)


P-76460 C

Figure 78
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 76]
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Left Joystick I Right Joystick

The light (Item 2 ) [Figure 76] will be ON.

Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)


[Figure 77] or [Figure 78] to the right or left to change
direction of the auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
quick couplers. If you move the switch half-way, the
auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half
speed. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.)

Release the front auxiliary hydraulic switch to stop


hydraulic oil flow to the front quick couplers.

To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the auxiliary


hydraulics button (Item 1 ) [Figure 76] again.

The light (Item 2) [Figure 76] will be OFF.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate .

66 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation ( REVERSE
CONTINUOUS FLOW )
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation

>
( CONTINUOUS FLOW ) To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurized):
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Figure 79
2. Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)
Left Handle Right Handle
[Figure 79] or [Figure 80] to the left and hold it there.

i 3. Press the continuous flow control switch (Item 2)


[Figure 79] or [Figure 80] .

4. Release the front auxiliary hydraulic switch.

2 NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some


attachments. Use reverse flow with your
attachment only if approved. See your
P16537C P-31833A
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
for detailed information.

SJC (If Equipped) To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow,
press the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 2)
Figure 80 [Figure 79] or [Figure 80] a second time.
Left Joystick Right Joystick NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the
seat bar , the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

After activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the


continuous flow control switch (Item 2) [Figure 79] or
[Figure 80] to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow
to the front female coupler (female coupler is
pressurized). (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)

To stop continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow, press the


front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 2) [Figure 79] or
[Figure 80] a second time.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar , the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

* 67 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation Figure 83
This machine may be equipped with Rear Auxiliary Left Handle Right Handle
Hydraulics.

Figure 81 1

I I P16537C P - 31833A

*- - SJC (If Equipped)


/ Figure 84
Left Joystick Right Joystick
P100013 A

The switches on the left hand lever or joystick control the


rear auxiliary hydraulics.

Figure 82

fii: u

i Push the rear auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)


Q <r [Figure 83] or [Figure 84] to the right or left to change
direction of the auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the rear
quick couplers [Figure 81] . (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower
& rear stabilizers.)
2 1 P-76460C
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the auxiliary
hydraulics button (Item 1 ) [Figure 82] again.
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 82]
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 2) [Figure 82] will be OFF.

The light (Item 2) [Figure 82] will be ON. NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the
seat bar , the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

«C
68 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Quick Couplers

High-Flow Hydraulics Operation

» This machine may


Hydraulics.

Figure 85
be equipped with High-Flow
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes , causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
om 1
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes , get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

- Figure 87

l f j- r
- -i l o P - 85281

The High-Flow function provides additional hydraulic oil


flow to the system to operate an attachment which
requires more hydraulic flow. (EXAMPLE: High-Flow
Planer)

Connect the attachment to the front quick couplers (Item

a>
1 ) [Figure 85] ,

Some attachments may have a case drain which needs


to be connected to the small quick coupler (Item 2)
HDD I P - 85281A P - 90614B

[Figure 85] .
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of
Activate the auxiliary hydraulics. both the male and female couplers, and from the outside
diameter of the male couplers. Visually check the
Figure 86 couplers for corroding, cracking, damage or excessive
wear. If any of these conditions exist, the coupler(s)
[Figure 87] must be replaced.

Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full


connection is made when the ball release sleeves slide
forward on the female couplers.
*
To Disconnect: Hold the male couplers. Retract the
m sleeves on the female couplers until the couplers
disconnect.

2 1

Press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1 ) [Figure 86] to


P - 76460C

A WARNING
activate high flow auxiliary hydraulics operation. AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
The light (Item 2) [Figure 86] will be ON.
can get hot when running machine and attachments .

*
To deactivate the high flow auxiliary hydraulics operation, Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1 ) [Figure 86] again. couplers.
W-2220-0396
The light (Item 2) [Figure 86] will be OFF.

69 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D ) Rear Auxiliary Quick Couplers

Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Put the attachment flat on the ground.
Attachment )
Stop the engine and turn the key to RUN or press the
RUN button.

Figure 88
«C
A WARNING
AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid , tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments .
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
i
couplers.
W-2220-0396
mmmwi 1

*
P -76460C

A WARNING Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 88] ,

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Standard And ACS (If Equipped)


Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes , causing serious injury or Figure 89
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Left Handle Right Handle
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

u
J J
5"
SJC (If Equipped)

Figure 90
I! cp .J
Left Joystick Right Joystick
74070 SW 716803
ii ii ill inn mu lit ii ii

Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers

When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly


together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.

When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly


together and hold for five seconds; then retract the
sleeves until the couplers disconnect.

Move the rear auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)


[Figure 89] or [Figure 90] to the right and left several
times.

70 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE ( ACD ) Standard And ACS ( If Equipped )

This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Figure 93


Control Device.
Left Handle Right Handle
Description

Figure 91

®- 4 P16537C P - 31833A

0 m
v* - SJC ( If Equipped )

Figure 94
Left Joystick Right Joystick
mar.
31
ill
© P-85281

Connect the attachments electrical harness to the


attachment control device ( Item 1) [Figure 91]
,

Figure 92 3
22 1 2 4?

* 4r
<
O P-24820 A P-24802A

Additional switches (Items 1 , 2 and 3) [Figure 93] or


[Figure 94] on the right and left control handles or
joysticks are used to control some attachment functions
* through the attachment control device.

Jt.
\im NOTE: ACD takes over the function of auxiliary
hydraulic switch ( Item 3 ) [Figure 93] or
[Figure 94] from Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics
when an attachment electrical harness is
P- 85313 attached to the ACD.

See the appropriate attachment Operation &


You will need the 14-Pin Attachment Control Device kit
Maintenance Manual for control details.
(Item 1) [Figure 92] to operate early model attachments.
See your Bobcat loader dealer.


71 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DAILY INSPECTION

Daily Inspection And Maintenance


A WARNING
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.
Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Checklist And Schedule is a guide
for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Keep door / cover closed except for service.
Keep engine clean of flammable material.
«
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
Figure 95
electrical contacts, moving parts , hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
m with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
1
£ starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
i cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns ; wear goggles.
If acid contacts eyes, skin , or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
medical attention.
P100041
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas .
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
The Service Checklist And Schedule (Item 1) [Figure 95] away.

«
is located inside the rear door of the loader and also in • For jump start, connect negative cable to the
the Machine Sign Translation section of this manual. machine engine last (never at the battery ). After
(See MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS on Page 183.) jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
A chart format of the Service Checklist And Schedule is • Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409
also available in the Preventive Maintenance section of
this manual. ( See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
NOTE : Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid ,
coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local , state and federal
regulations for correct disposal .

A WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating
the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502

«c
72 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)

Daily Inspection And Maintenance ( Cont’d)


IMPORTANT
> The following list of items must be checked daily:

Engine Oil Level This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D . A.


Forestry Service approved spark arrestor exhaust
system.
Hydraulic Fluid Level

Engine Air Filter - Check System for Damage or The spark arrestor muffler, if equipped, must be
Leaks cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark
arrestor muffler must be serviced by dumping the
Engine Cooling System - Check System for Damage spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
or Leaks, Check Coolant Level, Clean Oil Cooler,
Radiator and Rear Grill On some models , the turbocharger functions as the
spark arrestor and must operate correctly for proper
Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware spark arrestor function.

Seat Belt If this machine is operated on flammable forest,


brush, or grass covered land, it must be equipped
Seat Bar and Control Interlocks with a spark arrestor attached to the exhaust system
and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will
Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442 .
PRC. Refer to local laws and regulations for spark
Front Horn and Back-up Alarm - Check for Proper arrestor requirements.
I-2284-0409
Function

Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Lift Links, Bob-Tach,

> Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges)

Tires - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air


Pressure
IMPORTANT
PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
Fuel Filter - Remove Trapped Water • Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
decal that could damage the decal causing it to
Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or Replace as peel from the surface.
Necessary • Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) - Replace as the center of the decal toward the edges.
necessary 1-2226-0910

Lift Arm Support Device - Replace if Damaged

* 73 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator ’s
Handbook Locations
Entering The Loader
Figure 97
Figure 96

2
K
1

i r-
<
mi
P-90526A
i
P - 90562B

Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance


Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles and Manual and the Operator ’s Handbook (Item 1)
safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on [Figure 97] before operating the loader.
and off the loader [Figure 96] Do not jump.
,

The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other


Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 97]
provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the provided behind the operator seat.
loader.

Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.


Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
dealer. A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual , Operator ’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or service.
Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions
can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

«C
74 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Figure 100
tot to
Seat Adjustment ¥
V
*

>
to to

Standard Seat to to v >\


i A « •|
Figure 98 i
m k>

V fl
i £
TV
"
2

V >v -,
:
-
P 90024A

1
The lever (Item 1 ) is used to adjust the suspension
fl W response of the seat depending on the operator ’s weight.
mi The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
P - 90025 [Figure 100] centered in the gauge with the operator
normally seated.

Pull the seat lever (Item 1) [Figure 98] out to adjust the Pivot the lever out fully to adjust the setting. Pump lever
seat position for comfortable operation of the loader between middle and upper positions to move the needle
controls. to the right. Pump lever between middle and lower
positions to move the needle to the left. Return lever to

»
Suspension Seat (Option) the middle position and pivot lever back fully to lock in
setting.
Figure 99

m
2 )

P - 85275

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 99] up to adjust the angle


of the seat back.

Pull the lever (Item 2 ) [Figure 99] up to adjust the seat


position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.


75 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’ D ) NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned
ON to increase the amount of air in the seat
Seat Adjustment ( Cont’ d) suspension.

Air Ride Suspension Seat (Option)

Figure 101
Joystick Position Adjustment

Figure 103
«c
1

n3
f
-
P 90887 P-90491A

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 101] up to adjust the angle Pull the joystick adjustment levers (Item 1) [Figure 103]
of the seat back. up to slide the loader joysticks forward or backward to
adjust for comfortable operation. (Right side shown.)
Pull the lever (Item 2 ) [Figure 101] up to adjust the seat
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.

Figure 102

, 2 O0 G O0 Oo oO oO <i
0 (
«C
'
O O 0 O O 0 c
0 1 0 O 0 © o o o oo
19 4 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 oo
0 o V®
° 0 0 0 0 0 6 O 0 0

» »

n
/

P-90888

The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension


response of the seat depending on the operator ’s weight.
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
[Figure 102] centered in the gauge with the operator
normally seated.

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 102] up and hold to


increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Push
the lever down and hold to decrease the amount of air in
the seat suspension.
«C
76 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Belt Adjustment


IMPORTANT
> Figure 104
:
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for
correct operation.

rJ
* Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary.
ip; 1-2199-0200

Seat Bar
P-85814A

4 Figure 106

*
'

r
LA
P - 85813 A

Squeeze both seat belt adjusters to release and lengthen


each half of the seat belt (Inset) [Figure 104] ,

Fasten the seat belt.


lei
i
Pull the ends of the belt through the belt adjusters so that


the seat belt is snug and the buckle is centered between
your hips [Figure 104] . P- 85452

Figure 105
Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake
[Figure 106] ,

2
m Put the foot pedals or hand controls in neutral position.

NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering levers and


P -85812 A your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests )
while operating the loader .

IpImJk,. ,
1
- A WARNING
a P -85815A AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
3-Point Restraint - (Option and Loaders with Two-Speed) • The seat bar must be lowered.
Connect the shoulder beit to the lap belt (Item 1) • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
[Figure 105] . Pull the lap belt across to the right side of and hands on the controls.
the seat and fasten (Item 2) [Figure 105]. W-2261-0909

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left


shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 105].

77 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE Figure 109

Standard Key Panel

A WARNING
I III
u f <


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive gas.
© 2

P-76461B

W-2051-1086
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs)
automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE ¬
icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 74.) show in the data display (Item 2 ) [Figure 109]
,

Figure 107 When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 2). Release the key when the
engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position
(Item 1) [Figure 108],

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls ( ACS) or

H joysticks ( SJC ) are in the neutral position


before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the neutral position
when turning the key to RUN or START with
the BICS activated.

«C
P - 90525 A
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Set the engine speed control to the idle position • Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
[Figure 107] , operator ’s seat.
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
Figure 108 machine.
W-2135-1108

Mm
2

P-90687A

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 108] The ,

indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON


briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will
do a self test.

78 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE ( CONT’D) Figure 111

Standard Key Panel (Cont’d)

> Figure 110

ACS 2
u

i 1

P-90726A

1
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
P - 85307B
1) [Figure 111] to activate the BICS and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
SJC
(SJC) The current drive response setting will be
displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time
Via the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1)
[Figure 111] is pressed.

NOTE : ( SJC ) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash , which will indicate

> ISO

H
i 2
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the key switch is ON
and continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
thereafter the light will become solid. If the
mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the
P -85307
active mode light will remain solid and the
pending mode light will flash. When operation
( ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item of the machine is returned to neutral, the
1) [Figure 110] if equipped with ACS. active mode light will then turn off and the
pending mode light will continue to flash until
OR the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed.
(SJC ) Select 'ISO’ or ‘ H’ Control Pattern (Item 2)
[Figure 110] if equipped with SJC.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When an engine is running in an enclosed area , fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807

79 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’ D ) Figure 113

Keyless Start Panel

A WARNING
1
mm «
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive gas.
W-2051-1086
2
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE ¬
)
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 74.)
3 P - 90819C
Figure 112

Press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 113] The ,

indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON


briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will

p, do a self test.

Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the password,

«
then press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 113] ,

Figure 114

nu
P- 90525A u I
Set the engine speed control to the idle position
[Figure 112].

NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start Panel have a



permanent, randomly generated Master P-76461B
Password set at the factory . Your loader will
also have an Owner Password. The owner
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs)
password can be changed to prevent
automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat
unauthorized use of your loader. (See
icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining
Changing The Owner Password on Page 177.)
(Item 2) [Figure 114] will show in the data display.
Keep your password in a safe place for future
needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the
START button (Item 2 ) [Figure 113]. Release the button
NOTE : The Password Lockout feature can be used to
when the engine starts.
allow starting of the loader without a
password. ( See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 177.)

80 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D ) Figure 116

Keyless Start Panel (Cont’d)

9 NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or


joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position
before starting the engine. Do not move the 2
El
levers or joysticks from the neutral position >
W :3 M
when pressing the RUN or START buttons
with the BICS activated.

A WARNING 1
i
— P - 90726 A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator ’s seat. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
• Never wear loose clothing when working near 1) [Figure 116] to activate the BICS and to perform
machine. hydraulic and loader functions.
W-2135-1108
(SJC ) The current drive response setting will be
displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time
Figure 115 the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1)
[Figure 116] is pressed.
ACS
NOTE: ( SJC ) The light of the current switch position

» (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the RUN button has
been pressed and continue to flash until the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed, thereafter the light will become solid.
1
If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving,
the active mode light will remain solid and the
P-85307G pending mode light will flash. When operation
of the machine is returned to neutral, the
active mode light will then turn off and the
! ! pending mode light will continue to flash until
the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed .

ISO

H
2 A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P -85307H
When an engine is running in an enclosed area , fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
( ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
1) [Figure 115] if equipped with ACS. outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.


OR W-2050-0807

(SJC ) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘ H’ Control Pattern (Item 2)


[Figure 115] if equipped with SJC.

81 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT ’ D) Figure 118

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

A WARNING
I
© «c
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas .
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive gas .
W-2051-1086
2 »5
r

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE ¬

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 74.) 3 0


P -90212B
Figure 117
Press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 118] The ,

indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON


briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will
do a self test.

n Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the password,


then press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 118] .

Figure 119

I III
<
P-90525 A u I
Set the engine speed control to the idle position
[Figure 117]. §) 2

NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel P-76461B


have a permanent , randomly generated
Master Password set at the factory. Your
loader will also be assigned an Owner The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs)
Password. Your dealer will provide you with automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat
this password. Change the owner password icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining
to one that you will easily remember to (Item 2) [Figure 119] will show in the data display.
prevent unauthorized use of your loader. ( See
Changing The Owner Password on Page 178.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the
Keep your password in a safe place for future START button (Item 2 ) [Figure 118]. Release the button
needs. when the engine starts.

NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to


allow starting of the loader without a
password. ( See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 179.)
flC
82 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D ) Figure 121

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Cont’d)

9» NOTE: Make sure both hand controls ( ACS) or


joysticks ( SJC) are in the neutral position
before starting the engine. Do not move the 2 .
5

levers or joysticks from the neutral position


when pressing the RUN or START buttons
with the BICS activated.
r

A WARNING 1

P-90726A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator ’s seat. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
• Never wear loose clothing when working near 1) [Figure 121] to activate the BICS and to perform
machine. hydraulic and loader functions.
- -
W 2135 1108
( SJC ) The current drive response setting will be
displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time
Figure 120 the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1 )
[Figure 121] is pressed.
ACS
NOTE: (SJC ) The light of the current switch position

»1 1
(ISO or H ) will flash , which will indicate
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the RUN button has
been pressed and continue to flash until the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed , thereafter the light will become solid.
If the mode (ISO / H ) is changed while driving,
the active mode light will remain solid and the
P - 85307D pending mode light will flash. When operation
of the machine is returned to neutral, the
SJC active mode light will then turn off and the
pending mode light will continue to flash until
the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
pressed.

ISO

H
2 A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-85307E
When an engine is running in an enclosed area , fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
( ACS ) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
1) [Figure 120] if equipped with ACS. outside . Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
OR -
W-2050 0807

(SJC ) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘ H’ Control Pattern (Item 2)


[Figure 120] if equipped with SJC.

83 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D ) Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System

Cold Temperature Starting

IMPORTANT «c
A WARNING When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F),
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low
Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat ) systems. temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine
Explosion can result which can cause injury, death , in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
or severe engine damage . (0° F) if possible.
W-2071-0907
1-2007-0910

If the temperature is below freezing, perform the Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm
following to make starting the engine easier: the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before
operating the loader.
• Replace the engine oil with the correct type and
viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 135.)

• Make sure the battery is fully charged.

• Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat


loader dealer.

• Move engine speed control lever halfway before


starting. Return to idle position after the engine starts.

NOTE: The display screen of the Deluxe


Instrumentation Panel may not be at full
«C
intensity when the temperature is below -26°C
(-15°F). It may take 30 seconds to several
minutes for the display screen to warm up. All
systems remain monitored even when the
display screen is off.

«E
84 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS Warning And Shutdown

Left Panel When a WARNING condition exists, the associated icon


light will come ON and there will be 3 beeps from the
Figure 122 alarm. If this condition is allowed to continue, there may
be damage to the engine or loader hydraulic systems.

When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, the associated


icon light will come ON and there will be a continuous
: beep from the alarm. The monitoring system will
automatically stop the engine in 15 seconds. The engine
can be restarted to move or relocate the loader.
2
1 The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following
icons:
* u
P -76460C General Warning
Engine Malfunction
Engine Coolant Temperature
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and
Hydraulic System Malfunction
BIOS lights (all BIOS lights must be OFF to operate
loader ) [Figure 122]
,

After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left


instrument panel [Figure 122] for machine condition.

The associated icon will be ON if there is an error


condition.

» EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High.

The Engine Over-Temperature icon (Item 1) [Figure 122]


will be ON.

Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 122] to


cycle the data display until the service code screen is
displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES will be
displayed.

• M0810 Engine Coolant Temperature High

• M0811 Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High

Find the cause of the error code and correct before


operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on
Page 170.)

Si
85 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE Remove the key from the switch (Standard Key Panel) to
LOADER prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized
personnel.

«C
Procedure
NOTE: Activating the Password Lockout Feature on
Stop the loader on level ground. machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the operation of the loader without using a
ground. password. ( See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 177.) or ( See Password Lockout Feature
Figure 123 on Page 179.)

Figure 125

/ Si
n ufi
*

-
P-85737A P - 85735 A
P-90525A

Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and


Push the engine speed control fully down [Figure 123] to steps (maintaining a 3-point contact ) [Figure 125] .
decrease the engine speed.

Engage the parking brake.

Figure 124
A WARNING «C
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
i ;: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on

D the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
2 • Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

P-90688A P - 90214A The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-0610
press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 124] ,

NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON


for approximately 90 seconds after turning
the loader OFF .

Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions
are deactivated.

Unbuckle the seat belt.

86 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


•C
COUNTERWEIGHTS Accessories That Affect Machine Weight

Description

»
If your loader is already equipped with accessories like
Over Tire Steel Tracks, Water Tanks or Rear Stabilizers,
Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your installing counterweights may not be necessary.
Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader
counterweights and configurations for your job See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the
application and attachment. proper use of counterweights with your attachments and
accessories.
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation

Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not


change if counterweights are installed on this loader.
Always follow the instructions provided in this manual
when operating your loader with counterweights installed.

Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the


loader and its operation in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Increased machine weight.

• Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) .


• Harder steering.

• Accelerated or uneven tire wear.


_ • Increased power consumption.

When To Consider Using Counterweights

Install counterweights to increase the loaders Rated


Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve
attachment performance in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Using pallet fork with palletized loads.

• Using grapples or bale fork.

• Using buckets to handle loose material without


digging.

When To Consider Removing Counterweights

Remove counterweights to increase the downward force


of the attachment for better attachment performance in
some applications. Some examples are:

• Digging with buckets.

• Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers or Landplanes.

* 87 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
Choosing The Correct Bucket and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more

A WARNING difficult.

Pallet Fork
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use attachments or buckets which are not Figure 127
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death .
W-2052-0907
r "
I

NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments | Load varies with |


are used on the Bobcat loader. model of pallet fork |
I
being used.
The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the
attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The i J
buckets and attachments are approved for Rated
Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to
the Bob-Tach.
B-17255

The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the


operator cab. (See Performance on Page 202.) The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork

«C
is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item
The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of 1 ) [Figure 127]
,

normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer


buckets are used, the load center moves forward and See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
reduces the ROC. If very dense material is loaded, the fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your
volume must be reduced to prevent overloading. Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for
other available attachments.
Figure 126
WRONG

A WARNING
0
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity ( ROC ).
Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control.
W-2053-0903

I S'

NA 1676

Exceeding the ROC [Figure 126] can cause the


following problems:

Steering the loader may be difficult.


Tires will wear faster.
There will be a loss of stability.
The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced.

88 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 129

installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand %

>
Lever Bob-Tach)

The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and


attachments. See the appropriate Attachment Operation
& Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Figure 128

1
,
Kb
P- 85514

Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the


bucket (or other attachment ) is slightly off the ground
m 5 [Figure 129]. This will cause the bucket mounting frame
to fit up against the front of the Bob-Tach.

Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING


P- 85515 THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
86. )

Installing

A WARNING
*
Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised
(Item 1) [Figure 128] ,

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
Page 74.) • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE • Stop the engine.
LOADER button and release the parking brake. • Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the drive functions are deactivated.
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
mounting frame [Figure 128] (or other attachment). The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
NOTE Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the controls do not deactivate.
bucket. W-2463-0610

89 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand


A WARNING
<
Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the
Figure 130
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
aaftsea :
wedges can allow attachment to come off .
W-2715-0208

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.

Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING


THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
86.)
1 P -85513

Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully


engaged in the locked position (Item 1 ) [Figure 130]
(wedges fully extended through the attachment mounting
A WARNING
frame holes). Both levers must contact the frame as AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

*
shown when locked (Item 1) [Figure 130] . Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see the ground.
your Bobcat dealer for maintenance. • Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
Figure 131 • Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


1 when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-0610

Disconnect attachment electrical harness, water line and


hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
2 Attachment) on Page 70.)
V
P - 31233A I P-31237A

The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item


2) [Figure 131] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or
other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
Bob-Tach.

90 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT ’ D) Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power
Bob-Tach)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand


Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d) This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Removing (Cont’d) Installing

Figure 132 The Power Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets
and attachments. See the appropriate Attachment
Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other
attachments.

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
: Page 74.)
»4
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button and release the parking brake.
P - 85512

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.


Pull the Bob-Tach levers up [Figure 132] until they are
fully raised (wedges fully raised). Figure 134

f

A WARNING
Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever
tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
can cause injury.

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 74.)
W-2054-1285


»!
K
^
P-85320A
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button and release the parking brake.
Figure 135
Figure 133

/ t '*
/X
A

1
v

. P-85361A

V Push and hold BOB-TACH “ WEDGES UP” switch (Right


Switch Panel) [Figure 134] until levers (Item 1)

k P-85515

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,


away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 133] ,
[Figure 135] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).

91 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 138

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power


Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 136

: :
iS
I

I
P -85320A
:
4
Push and ho|d BOB-TACH “ WEDGES UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 138] to make sure the levers are
fully raised ( wedges fully raised).

P- 31231 NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous


pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges
in the engaged position and prevent
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the attachment disengagement. Because the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket wedges can slowly lower, the operator may
mounting frame [Figure 136] (or other attachment). need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES UP) to be sure both wedges are fully
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the raised before installing the attachment.
attachment.

Figure 137

'
%
? J6
I •
'
/
' O

. . . / P- 31232

Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the


bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 137] . This will cause the bucket mounting frame
to fit up against the front of the Bob-Tach.

92 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) The wedges (Item 2) [Figure 140] must extend through
the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other

»
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the Bob-
Bob-Tach) (Cont’d) Tach.

Installing (Cont’d)

A WARNING
Figure 139

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
wedges can allow attachment to come off.

: :
W-2715-0208

»1«

P -85320A

Figure 140

•*
H 1

P - 85360B

k
P-31233B

Push and hold BOB-TACH “ WEDGES DOWN” switch


(Right Switch Panel) [Figure 139] until levers are fully
engaged in the locked position [Figure 140] (wedges
fully extended through the attachment mounting frame
holes).
Both levers must contact the frame as shown when
locked (Item 1) [Figure 140] .

If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see

2» your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.

93 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 141

Installing And Removing The Attachment ( Power


Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing
L
WfOGEsT
DOWN

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if :# :
applicable.

If the attachment has electrical, water or hydraulic Bit


connections to the loader:

1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING


THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page P -85320A
86. )

Figure 142

A WARNING v-- I

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Before you leave the operator ’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
1
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift , tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated. Push and hdd BOB-TACH “ WEDGES UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 141] until levers (Item 1)
P - 85361A

«E
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions [Figure 142] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).
when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-0610

2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water


or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
Attachment) on Page 70.)

3. Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
on Page 74.)

4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE


LOADER button and release the parking brake.

94 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power


Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

* Removing (Cont’d)

Figure 143

*
\

P - 31231

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward ,


away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 143] .

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous

9» pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges


in the engaged position and prevent
attachment disengagement. Because the
wedges can slowly lower, the operator may
need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES UP) when removing an attachment
to be sure both wedges are fully raised.


95 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE Operating Near An Edge Or Water

Inspect The Work Area Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible

Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for


unsafe conditions.

Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have


and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if
part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved
back. «C
Always move the loader back at any indication the edge
underground utility lines (gas, water, sewer, irrigation, may be unstable,
etc.) located and marked.

Remove objects or other construction material that could


damage the loader or cause personal injury.

Always check ground conditions before starting your


A WARNING
work:
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLL OVER CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or
• Keep the lift arms as low as possible.
settlement.
• Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up.
• Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
stability.
• Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
• Check for adequate traction.
W-2018-1109

Basic Operating Instructions


Driving On Public Roads
Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before
operating the loader. When operating on a public road or highway, always
follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving
Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.

IMPORTANT
Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed
and light load have longer life.
-
1 2015-0284

Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum


horsepower. Move the steering levers only a small
amount to operate the loader slowly.

New operators must operate the loader in an open area


without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader
can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all
conditions of the work area.

«E
96 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Operating With An Empty Bucket

Operating With A Full Bucket Figure 146

Figure 144 WITH BUCKET EMPTY

WITH BUCKET FULL


//
-
3

#
•j
.

*-
:

*
* /

- £
C '
S
Six

V,
> NA 1686

NA 1678
Going Down Slope

Going Up Slope
Figure 147

Figure 145 WITH BUCKET EMPTY

» WITH BUCKET FULL

%
\J
7/

J
CN>
-JrC.
-- c
3
.4A
xv
<> - -v
<>
y
* \ <
r JA> -
W~
- A
X
la xx »•
P
V '
i

NA 1687
••

-
46 NA 1679
Going Up Slope

Going Down Slope


With an empty bucket, go down or up the slope with the
heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 146] and
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy [Figure 147] ,

end toward the top of the slope [Figure 144] and


[Figure 145] . Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions
on rough ground.


97 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals) Figure 150

Filling

Figure 148

i -

*
mif »0» I NA1697

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
B-15973

I NA1689 B-15973 want to empty the bucket.

Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 150]. Level the


Figure 149 bucket (Item 2 ) [Figure 150] while raising the lift arms to
help prevent material from falling off the back of the
bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.

Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 150] If all the material


,

is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to

I NA1690 | B-15973
move it to the other side.

<
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 148] ,
A WARNING
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 148] until the Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post , that
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
forward and cause injury or death.
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket - -
W 2057 0694

backward (Item 1) [Figure 149] all the way when the


bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

A WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity ( ROC ) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056- 0903
«e
98 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE ( CONT’ D ) Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 152] Put,

the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)


Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals )

»
[Figure 152].

Figure 151 Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down
(Item 2) [Figure 152] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)

f 3
^
[Figure 152] to increase traction and keep an even
digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge of the bucket (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 152]
while driving forward slowly.

Figure 153
I NA1688A I B-15973

Put the lift arms in float position by pushing the pedal all
the way forward (Item 1) [Figure 151] until the pedal is
locked in the forward position.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 151] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be I NA1685 I B-15973
moved.


Drive backward to level loose material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1 ) [Figure 153] as far as it
will go when the bucket is full.
Push the bottom of the lift pedal (Item 3) [Figure 151] to
unlock the float position. Filling

Figure 154

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for
'

lift arms is in float position.


1-2005-1285 mm
Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals)
* tz
Digging
NA1692 B-15973
Figure 152
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 154] and put the
cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)

lifeW0
[Figure 154], Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
push the material into the hole.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 154] as soon as it


is past the edge of the hole.

3» If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.

I NA1691 | B-15973

99 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, Figure 157
SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)

Filling

Figure 155
<
:

c*
m
vVr © s
;v ::>

^
-

*
NA1697 B-15781

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
want to empty the bucket.
I NA1689 B-15781
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 157] Level the
,

bucket (Item 2 ) [Figure 157] while raising the lift arms to


Figure 156 help prevent material from falling off the back of the
bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.

1, Empty the bucket (Item 2 ) [Figure 157] If all material is


,

near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move it to the other side.

<
1 NA1690 1 B-15781

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1 ) [Figure 155] ,
A WARNING
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 155] until the can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket
backward (Item 1 ) [Figure 156] all the way when the
bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

A WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC ) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-0903 eC
100 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE ( CONT’D )

Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles,

>
SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)

Figure 158

ACS - Handles

IT
© W\
M ©

© § *9
* SJC - ‘H’ Pattern

GXV B-15781
P-24820
NA1141A P-24802


Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 158]
while the lever is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms
(Item 2) [Figure 158] , release the float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 158 ] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage float, press the float button again or raise


the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 158 ] .

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for
lift arms is in float position.
1-2005-1285

101 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE ( CONT’D ) Filling

Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Figure 161
Pattern)

Digging

Figure 159 ©
0 G ©
9 .

jr © @
§@
J
). '
\
NA 1692
B-15781A
B-15781B

1
'

~
Lower the lift arms (Item 1 ) [Figure 161] and put the
r cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)
B-15781A [Figure 161]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
I NA1691 B-15781B
push the material into the hole.

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 159] Tilt ,
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 161] as soon as it
the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 159] until the cutting js past the edge of the hole,

edge of the bucket is on the ground.


If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down
(Item 2) [Figure 159] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)


[Figure 159] to increase traction and keep an even
digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 159] while driving
«C
forward.

Figure 160

I NA1685 1 B-15781

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 160] as far as it


will go when the bucket is full.

102 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Figure 164


Pattern)

* Filling

Figure 162

lllfef.$ ^t
O
X I NA1697 ^ ©

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
want to empty the bucket.
P-24820
P-24802

P-24820
I NA1689 P-24802
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 164] Level the
,

bucket (Item 2) [Figure 164] while raising the lift arms to


Figure 163 help prevent material from falling off the back of the
bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.

W' W
Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 164] If all material is

»
,

near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move it to the other side.

P-24820
I NA1690 P-24802
A WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 162].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 162] until the can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694

Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket


backward (Item 1 ) [Figure 163] all the way when the
bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

A WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity ( ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-0903

103 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE ( CONT’D)

Leveling The Ground Using Float ( SJC - ‘ISO’


Pattern )

Figure 165 «C
©
i
£
z
©
P-24820
NA 1688A
P-24802

Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 165]


while the joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms
(Item 2 ) [Figure 165], release the float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 165] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage, press the float button again or raise the lift


arms (Item 4 ) [Figure 165] ,
«
IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for
lift arms is in float position.
-
1 2005- 1285

104 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D ) Filling

Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) Figure 168

*
Digging
©
Figure 166

© *1 ®
- 6
*1 W
life I NA1691
P-24820
P-24802
NA 1692

cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)


P-24820
P-24802

Lower the lift arms (Item 1 ) [Figure 168] and put the

[Figure 168] Drive forward to the edge of the hole to


,

push the material into the hole.


Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 166] Put
,

the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 168] as soon as it
[Figure 166] , is past the edge of the hole.

Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
(Item 2 ) [Figure 166] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)

» [Figure 166] to increase traction and keep an even


digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 166] while driving
forward.

Figure 167

Site ,~~d -
'
:>

P-24820
NA 1685 P-24802

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 167] as far as it


will go when the bucket is full.

* 105 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


TOWING THE LOADER LIFTING THE LOADER

Procedure Single-Point Lift

Because of the design of the loader, there is not a


recommended towing procedure.

• The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.


A WARNING
«C
• The loader can be skidded a short distance to move AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport • Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift
vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. and operator cab.
(The tires will not turn.) There might be slight wear to • Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this
the tires when the loader is skidded. manual.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times 5 m (15 ft ) while lifting the machine.
W-2007-0910
the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page
202.)
The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift which is
available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to


lift and support the Bobcat loader without affecting roll
over and falling object protection features of the operator
cab.

Figure 169
K
ft
n -

w Bobcat

NA 1789

Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 169].

NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate


size and capacity for the weight of the loader .
( See Performance on Page 202.)

106 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


•C
LIFTING THE LOADER ( CONT ’ D) Figure 171

Four -Point Lift CORRECT WRONG

* •

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
\ A
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.

* *
W-2160-0910

The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift which is


available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

Figure 170

6?"
I NA5138

*"<D 1 = -

Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 171]

NOTE: Sling legs should not contact any part of the


operator cab or lift arms to prevent damage.

NOTE: The required length of front and rear sling


,
-

® \
legs may or may not be equal depending on
loader configuration. Departure angle (Item 1)
** Bobcat *


[Figure 171] in this view has been exceeded ,
- sling leg length must be adjusted to prevent
1 «: • this situation.

Si NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate


size and capacity for the weight of the loader .
NA 5137
(See Performance on Page 202.)

NOTE : The loader should be lifted as close to


horizontal as possible , but at no time shall the
angle of the suspended loader exceed the
departure angle (Item 1) [Figure 170] provided
in the specifications section. (See Machine
Dimensions on Page 201.)


107 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER Fastening

Loading And Unloading

«
Figure 173
Rear Tie Down Front Tie Down

A WARNING O * o
* *
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. P - 85615 A P-85616A
W-2058-0807

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of


adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
Performance on Page 202.) '
' 1

Figure 172

*
P-90561A

6
r
Alternate Rear Tie Down I Alternate Front Tie Down
<
-

i
B P -90560A

P-85717A M P-85599A
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 172] .
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
1) [Figure 172] when loading or unloading the loader to during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes
prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up. [Figure 173] ,

1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie down


positions [Figure 173]. (Lift arms shown raised for
clarity.)

108
5. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

6. Use chain binders to tighten the chains.

S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual



C
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

» MAINTENANCE SAFETY

SERVICE SCHEDULE . .
Chart
113

115
115

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) 116


Inspecting The BICS (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) 116
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
116
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) 116
Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) 116
Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control 116
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) 116

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM 117


Description 117
Inspecting 117
Maintaining 117

SEATBELT 118
Inspection And Maintenance 118

^ _ LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE 119


Installing 119

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM 121


Description 121
Inspecting 121
Adjusting Switch Position 122

OPERATOR CAB 123


Description 123
Raising 123
Lowering 124
Cab Door Sensor 125

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) 126


Opening And Closing 126
Adjusting 126

REAR GRILL 127


Removing 127
Installing 127

%
109 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 128
Cleaning And Maintenance 128
Filters
Evaporator / Heater Coil
Condenser
Air Conditioning Lubrication
Troubleshooting
128
129
130
130
130
«
AIR CLEANER SERVICE 130
Replacing Filter Elements 130

FUEL SYSTEM 132


Fuel Specifications 132
Biodiesel Blend Fuel 132
Filling The Fuel Tank 133
Fuel Filter 134
Removing Air From The Fuel System 134

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 135


Checking And Adding Engine Oil 135
Engine Oil Chart 135
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter 136

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 137


Maintenance Platform 137
Cleaning 137
Checking Level 139
Removing And Replacing Coolant 139

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 140


Description 140
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification 140
Battery Maintenance 143
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) 144
Removing And Installing Battery 145

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM 146


Checking And Adding Fluid 146
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart 146
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid 147
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter 149
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter 151
Breather Cap 152

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER 153


Cleaning Procedure 153

4E
110 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
TIRE MAINTENANCE 154
Wheel Nuts 154
Rotating 154

> Mounting

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)


Checking And Adding Oil
154

155
155
Removing And Replacing Oil 155

ALTERNATOR BELT 156


Belt Adjustment 156
Belt Replacement 156

AIR CONDITIONING BELT 157


Belt Adjustment 157
Belt Replacement 157

DRIVE BELT 158


Belt Adjustment 158
Stop Adjustment 158
Belt Replacement 158

LUBRICATING THE LOADER . 160


Lubrication Locations 160

> PIVOT PINS


Inspection And Maintenance

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER )


162
162

163
Inspection And Maintenance 163

BOB-TACH (POWER) 164


Inspection And Maintenance 164

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE 165


Storage 165
Return To Service 165


m S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
«c

^ Bobcat

«c
112 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine . Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator ’s Handbook and

> /w
A WARNING signs ( decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments , repairs or service . Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement , means: “ Warning , be alert! Your safety is
w-2003- 0807

involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

cc Q
LUoh CORRECT CORRECT
Ml< .
/ '
£

P-90216 NA 1694 NA 1693

Ak Never service the Bobcat Skid- Ak Use the correct procedure to lift or A Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions . lower operator cab . ^“ required daily.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
P
i

NA 1674 NA1695 - NA1680


A Have good ventilation when Ak

>
Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support
Ak Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas
. can be produced.
Ak Avoid exhaust fume leaks which
can kill without warning. Exhaust
under lift arms when raised
unless supported by an
approved lift arm support device.
^^ Never modify equipment or add
attachments not approved by
Bobcat Company.
Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
a
' U. a, 7

0 0 7,
NA 1682 NA 1683 B-6589
Ak flammable
Stop cool
, and clean engine of
materials before
Ak away
Keep body, jewelry and clothing
from moving
Ak Lead-acid batteries produce
“ flammable and explosive gases.
parts , “

checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and A Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
A Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Ak Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the
manual.
A Avoid contact with leaking
from battery acid, compressed
springs, fluids under pressure
and flying debris when engines
^^ Batteries contain acid which
burns eyes or skin on contact.
Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
A Never fill fuel tank with engine Ak Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame.


before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW 39-0609

113 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*

W Bobcat
* <

114 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*
SERVICE SCHEDULE

Chart

» Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual , Operator ’s Handbook and

A WARNING
signs ( decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs , adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments , repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. w- 2003-0903
SERVICE SCHEDULE HOURS
[5] [5] [ 5]
ITEM SERVICE REQUIRED
8-10 50 100 250 500 1000
Engine Oil Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill.
Engine Air Filter and Air System Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and
damaged components.
Engine Cooling System Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grill. Check coolant level COLD and
add premixed coolant as needed.
Fuel Filter Remove the trapped water.
Lift Arms, Lift Links , Cylinders, Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges
Tires Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM
pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire.
Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat Check the condition of seat belt . Clean or replace seat belt retractors as
Belt , Seat Belt Retractors needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean
dirt and debris from moving parts.
Bobcat Interlock Control Systems Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate with seat
(BICS ) bar raised. See details in this Manual.
Front Horn / Back-up Alarm Check for proper function.
Safety Signs and Safety Treads Check for damaged signs ( decals ) and safety treads. Replace any signs or


safety treads that are damaged or worn.
Operator Cab Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab.
Indicators and Lights Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights.
Heater and A /C Filters Clean or replace filters as needed.
(If Equipped)
Hydraulic Fluid Check fluid level and add as needed.
Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
Final Drive Trans. ( Chaincase), Check fluid level and add as needed.
Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed.
Hand Controls and Steering
Levers or Joysticks
Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TIRE [1 ]
MAINTENANCE in this manual.)
Spark Arrester Muffler Clean the spark chamber.
Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed.
Fuel Filter Replace filter element.
Engine / Hydro. Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. [ 2]
Drive Belts (Alternator, air Check condition. Replace as needed.
conditioning, water pump)
Bobcat Interlock Control System Check the function of the lift arm bypass control.
(BICS)
Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. [ 2] [ 3 ]
Hydraulic Charge Filter, Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather.
Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter.
Final Drive Trans. ( Chaincase) Replace the fluid.
Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid.
Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves. [4 ]
Coolant Replace the coolant Every 2 years
[1 ] Check every 8 - 1 0 hours for the first 24 hours , then at 50 hour intervals .
[2 ] Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled .
[3] Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions .
[4] Perform at first 500 hours , then as scheduled.
[5] Or every 12 months.

115 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING)

Inspecting The BICS (Engine STOPPED - Key ON ) 6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and raise
Figure 174 seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s)
slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock
1 must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the
2 3
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers or


joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The
TRACTION lock must be engaged.
4
NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
instrument panel will remain ON until the
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
5
LOADER button is pressed and the parking
brake is disengaged.
6
P-85413 C Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control

8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop


1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key to RUN or press RUN
engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob 90°
button. Lower seat bar and disengage parking brake.
clockwise. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button
knob until lift arms slowly lower.
(Item 6). Two BICS lights (Items 1 and 2)
[Figure 174 ] [SEAT BAR AND LIFT & TILT VALVE]
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions
on left instrument panel must be OFF. The PRESS
( ACS And SJC )
TO OPERATE LOADER button will light.
9. Sit in operator's seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS lights (Items 1, 2
and 3) [Figure 174] [SEAT BAR , LIFT & TILT VALVE
bar, start engine and press the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button.
BiB
and PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument panel must
be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button
10. Raise lift arms about 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
light will turn OFF.
11. Turn key OFF or press STOP button and wait for the
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics
engine to come to a complete stop.
System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
12. Turn key ON or press RUN button. Press the PRESS
3. Sit in operator's seat, lower seat bar and press the
TO OPERATE LOADER button, move the control
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). (foot pedal, hand control or joystick ) to lower the lift
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 5). The arms. Lift arms must not lower.
auxiliary hydraulics light will be ON (Item 4)
[Figure 174] Raise the seat bar. The light must be
,
13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick)
OFF.
to tilt the bucket (or attachment ) forward. The bucket
( or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)

4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar , engage parking


brake and fasten seat belt.

5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the


A WARNING
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) must
stop. Repeat using the tilt function. deactivate the lift , tilt and traction drive functions . If it
does not , contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-0394

116 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals
and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the
Description NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no
motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with controls are moved.
armrests.
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat LOADER button and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat
seat. bar. The lift arms must stop.
Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool
LOADER button, lower the lift arms and put the
interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in
attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the
order to operate the foot pedal controls.
seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated. Maintaining

When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position. interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 115.)

Models with Advanced Control System ( ACS ) have Figure 175


mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The 2 1
interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator
to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected
controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the c; m


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated. 1

When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.

Models with Selectable Joystick Controls fSJC ) have


electrical deactivation of lift and tilt functions. Activation P-85318
of functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.
Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and hardware. The correct hinge bolt (Item 1) torque is 34 -
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive 38 N *m (25 - 28 ft-lb ). The seat bar sensor nut (left side
functions can be operated. only) (Item 2) [Figure 175] torque is 6 - 8 N*m (50 - 70 in ¬

lb).
When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt functions are
deactivated even though the joysticks do not
If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace
mechanically lock.
parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine Bobcat
Inspecting replacement parts.

Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button.
A WARNING

*
The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt
Operate the hydraulic controls to check that both the lift control functions when the seat bar is up . Service the
and tilt functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms
system if hydraulic controls do not deactivate.
until the attachment is about 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground. W-2465-0703

117 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SEAT BELT Figure 176

Inspection And Maintenance


© As-
A WARNING v 3
>

ft \
<
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt * 7
can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703

Check the seat belt daily for correct function. © 4

Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once v.


each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications.

Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying , extreme or


unusual wear, significant discolorations due to ultraviolet
UV exposure , dusty / dirty conditions , abrasion to the
seat belt webbing , or damage to the buckle , latch plate ,
retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other obvious
problem should be replaced immediately. B 22283

The items below are referenced in [Figure 176] .

1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a


retractor , pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear ,
fraying , dirt and stiffness.
<
2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.
Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn ,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken .

3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped )


by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly .

4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV )


rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
color of the webbing in these areas is extremely faded
and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the webbing
strength may have deteriorated.

See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement


parts for your machine.

«C
118 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE Figure 177

Installing

3
* A WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
1

support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm


support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death .

Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts


are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or P - 85463A P100009
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
causing injury or death.
W-2572-0407 Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame
(Inset) [Figure 177] ,

Remove the lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 177]


from the storage position.
A DANGER The operator must stay in the operator seat with the seat

y
belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until the lift arm
support device is installed.
{
A J V
Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.
V

* •
A
AVOID DEATH
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
P-90328

tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure


Figure 178

.
5

can cause lift arms to drop. .


Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
J

unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. V
D-1009-0409

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And


Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on P-90567A
Page 89.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 91.)
Have a second person install the lift arm support device
over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [Figure 178],

The lift arm support device must be tight against the


cylinder rod.

3>
119 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D ) Removing

Installing (Cont’d) The operator must be in the operator ’s seat, with the seat

Figure 179
belt fastened and seat bar lowered , until the lift arm
support device is removed and the lift arms are lowered
all the way.

Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.
«e
i » Have a second person remove the lift arm support
device.

Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine.
P100005 A
Return the lift arm support device to the storage position
and secure with clamping knobs.

Remove the jackstands.

P100005

Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder
[Figure 179] The tabs of the lift arm support device must
,

go past the end of the cylinder (Inset ) [Figure 179],

«c

«C
120 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM Inspecting

Description Figure 180

3» The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves


both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the
A. 4

reverse position is required with hydrostatic


transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.

P-85994

Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal


(Item 1) [Figure 180] , Replace if required.

Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.

Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse


position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels
or both tracks are moving in reverse.

3» The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear


door.

Figure 181

%
M
1

/
mm
van
2

m mm P100042 A

Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)


[Figure 181], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 181] and
back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 1 )
[Figure 182] for tightness and damage. Repair or

3» replace any damaged components.

If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See


Adjusting Switch Position on Page 122.)

121 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM ( CONT ’D ) Figure 183

Adjusting Switch Position


1
NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have
back -up alarm switches and cannot be
adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if
your back-up alarm does not sound. 2

Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped) m* 3

%. (
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 123.)

Place the steering levers in the neutral position.


£ , -A
Figure 182
. j\ >WmM _
P -85723A

1
Loosen the screws (Item 3) [Figure 183] securing the
back-up alarm switch. (Left side shown)

£ Position the back-up alarm switch so that the roller (Item


1) just makes contact with the bellcrank (Item 2)
[Figure 183] without compressing the switch spring.

Torque the screws (Item 3) [Figure 183] securing the


switch to the bracket to 1,6 - 2,1 N*m (14 - 19 in-lb).
t
* • &
Repeat adjustment procedure for the other switch.

S
P-85722
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 124.)

Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See


«C
Inspecting on Page 121.)
The back-up alarm switches (Item 1) [Figure 182] are
located alongside the steering bellcranks. Both switches
must be adjusted properly for the back-up alarm to
operate correctly.

eC
122 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATOR CAB Figure 184

Description :

m it
> The Bobcat loader has an operator cab ( ROPS and
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be
worn for rollover protection.
-

Check the ROPS / FOPS cab , mounting and hardware


for damage. Never modify the ROPS / FOPS cab.
Replace the cab and hardware if damaged. See your
Bobcat dealer for parts.
P -85463A

ROPS / FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure per ISO


3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[Figure 184] ,

Level I
Figure 185
Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks, Hardware Installed I Hardware Removed
and hand tools encountered in operations such as
highway maintenance, landscaping, and other
construction sites.

Level II
/
Protection from falling trees , rocks: for machines
mx


involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or
forestry. S

A WARNING P-90512 A P -90511 A

Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 185] (both sides)
drilling holes or adding attachments unless at the front corners of the operator cab.
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects , and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200
A WARNING
UNEXPECTED LOADER , LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
Raising MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the INJURY OR DEATH
operator cab.
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If W-2758-0908
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab,
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM NOTE: On some machines , the operator cab frame
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 119.) could contact the steering levers while raising


or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.

123 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Raising (Cont’d)
A WARNING
Figure 186
UNEXPECTED LOADER , LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
<
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH

V \ • STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.


W-2758-0908

NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


could contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
P -90564A
the operator cab.

Support the operator cab and release the latching


Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab mechanism (inset) [Figure 187] Remove your hand
,

[Figure 186] slowly until the operator cab is all the way from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
up and the latching mechanism engages. the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
all the way down.
Lowering

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the


operator cab.
A WARNING
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the
operator cab.

Figure 187
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
<
o W-2469-0803

t
Figure 188
Hardware Removed I Hardware Installed
©
v.' .

?:
-m d '
i jLi

: t as!
N-20120 P-90565 A -

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops


at the latching mechanism [Figure 187], P-90511A P- 90512A

NOTE: The weight of the operator cab increases


when equipped with options and accessories Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 188] ,

such as cab door, heater , air conditioning ,


etc. In these cases, the operator cab may need Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N*m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
to be raised slightly from the latch to be able
to release the latch.

124 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATOR CAB ( CONT’ D )

Cab Door Sensor

> This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.

Figure 189

am CM S3999A
WITH
DOOR
SENSOR
Si

IHB It

CLOSE
POOR TO
OPERATE

1
m
m
aft P-68116
P-68115

The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 189]


installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the
door is open.

A decal is located on the latch mechanism (Item 2)


[Figure 189] .

The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 3 ) [Figure 189] will be
OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to
RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar is
lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button
is pressed.

Figure 190

r I
Tinno
"
JJUUI
J
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 3 ) [Figure 189 ] will be
ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to
RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar is

a» lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button


is pressed.

[DOOR] will appear in the data display [ Figure 190] ,

125 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE )

Opening And Closing


A WARNING
Figure 191

.X |
Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine . Failure to do so could seriously injure a
bystander.
<
W-2020-1285
1 1
;

- d Adjusting

Figure 193

rzn 1 .
i m ?'
P100043A P -85301A

Reach into the slot on the right side of the rear door and
pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 191] , m
Pull the rear door open. m
Figure 192
P- 85698B

1
m The door latch (Item 1) [Figure 193] can be adjusted up
or down for alignment with the door latch mechanism. «C
Close the rear door before operating the loader.

2
P-85446 P-85447

The rear door is equipped with a door stop feature on the


top hinge.

Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1)


[Figure 192] to hold the door open.

Move the door stop up (Item 2) [Figure 192] to


disengage the door stop and allow the door to close.

Close the rear door.

126 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*
REAR GRILL Installing

Removing Figure 196

> Figure 194


*
* B| Im '
m

n m

1
-- -
P- 85602

i
MM P- 85496
Align the tabs of the two side covers into the slots in the
loader frame and lower [Figure 196] .
Flip the lockable handle (Item 1) [Figure 194] up and
turn the handle 90° counterclockwise. Lift and pull the Figure 197
rear grill backward to remove from the loader.

Figure 195

9» r '

u
© is
IT
!
J P - 85604

P100052 Align the edge of the rear grill under the loader frame and
slide rear grill in while lowering [Figure 197]
,

Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) Turn the lockable handle 90° clockwise and fold the
[Figure 195] ,
handle down.

127 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Recirculation Filter (Earlier Models)
(HVAC )
Figure 199
This machine may be equipped with a Heating System or
HVAC.

Cleaning And Maintenance 1

The heating and HVAC systems require regular


inspection and maintenance. (See SERVICE rA 1
SCHEDULE on Page 115.)

Filters

Fresh Air Filters E


Figure 198
2 I P 90490 A

V The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s


seat inside the operator cab. Flip the clamps (Item 1)
holding the filter up and remove the filter (Item 2)
[Figure 199].
3
A.
u Shake the filter or use a vacuum to clean. This can be
done several times before replacement is required.

2 Install the filter into the opening and flip the clamps down
1 to hold the filter in place.

*
Recirculation Filter ( Later Models)

P -90489A P-90492A Figure 200

The fresh air filters are located behind the side windows
outside the operator cab. (Right side shown) Remove the
retaining screw (Item 1) and filter cover (Item 2)
[Figure 198] ,

Shake the filter (Item 3) [Figure 198] or use low pressure


air to remove dirt. This can be done several times before
replacement is required. Install the filter, filter cover and
retaining screw. w

1
P100755

The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s


seat inside the operator cab. The filter cover is held in
place with three clips. Pull the cover at each end (Item 1)
[Figure 200] to remove.

Rinse the filter elements with water or use a vacuum to


clean. Do not use solvents.

Line up the clips on the filter cover with the slots provided
and push the cover into place.

128 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Later Models
(HVAC ) (CONT’ D)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 123.)
Evaporator / Heater Coil

*
Figure 203
Earlier Models
-

Raise the operator cab. ( See Raising on Page 123. )

Figure 201

1 :
Is

P100756

Ji
Unhook cover latches (Item 1 ) [Figure 203] and remove
the cover.
P -90419 A
Figure 204

Remove cover screws (Item 1 ) [Figure 201] and remove


the cover.

> Figure 202


1

*
1

2
I
rf — — .
P100757

2
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the
' heater coil (Item 1 ) and evaporator (Item 2 ) [Figure 204].
P -90420A
fs V
Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See
Lowering on Page 124.)
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the
heater coil (Item 1 ) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 202] ,

Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See


Lowering on Page 124. )


129 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING AIR CLEANER SERVICE
(HVAC) (CONT ’ D)
Replacing Filter Elements

«C
Condenser
Figure 205
The condenser should be cleaned with the oil cooler and
the radiator. (See Cleaning on Page 137.)
2
Air Conditioning Lubrication

Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every


week to lubricate the internal components. 3
'
Troubleshooting 1

If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not
turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuse And Relay Location / 9 :
P-76460G
Identification on Page 140.) If the air conditioning system
circulates warm air, the refrigerant may need to be
recharged. It is important to change the air filter element only when
necessary. The service indicator (Item 1 ) will FLASH.
Press the information button (Item 3) until the display
screen (Item 2) shows the service codes. Service code
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the display
screen (Item 2) [Figure 205] when air filter change is
necessary.

Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated.

Outer Filter

Figure 206
<

1 2

%
%
P100072

Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the dust cover


(Item 2) [Figure 206] ,

«C
130 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D) Figure 208

Replacing Filter Elements ( Cont’d)

9» Outer Filter (Cont’d)

Figure 207

P - 90524 A

1 Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 208].

NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt


P- 90523A and debris. DO NOT use compressed air.

Install new inner filter element. Push all the way in until it
Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 207] out and contacts the base of the housing.
discard.
Install the outer filter element [Figure 207 ] ,

NOTE : Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt


and debris. DO NOT use compressed air. Figure 209

> Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it
contacts the base of the housing.

Install the dust cover and secure the latches


[Figure 206] .

Inner Filter
1 2
Only replace the inner filter element under the following
conditions:

• Replace the inner filter element every third time the 4


outer filter is replaced.
P100072
E
• After the outer element has been replaced, start the
engine and run at full rpm. If service code [M0117]
(Air Filter Plugged) is still displayed in the data Install the dust cover (Item 2) and secure the latches
display, replace the inner filter element. (Item 1 ) [Figure 209] ,

Remove the dust cover [Figure 206] and the outer filter
element [Figure 207] ,


131 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FUEL SYSTEM Biodiesel Blend Fuel

Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
TEMPERATURE NO. 2 NO. 1 corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
-9°C (+15°F) 100% 0% • Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
Down to -29°C (-20°F) 50% 50% failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
Below -29°C (-20°F) 0% 100% fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.

At a minimum, Low Sulfur (500 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel


• Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such
as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
must be used in this machine:
and fuel lines.
The following fuels may also be used in this machine:
• Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
• Ultra Low Sulfur (15 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel.
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
pump and seals.
• Biodiesel Blend Fuel - Must contain no more than five
percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low
Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly
used:
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 blended
diesel fuel must meet ASTM D975 (US Standard) or o
<
• Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.
to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.

• Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.

• Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,


remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
immediately.

• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before


operating the machine.

• Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended


oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

• Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank , refill with


100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and
run the engine for at least 30 minutes.

NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term


stability and should not be stored for more
than three months.

«C
132 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’ D) Figure 211

Filling The Fuel Tank WRONG

> A WARNING 9
L
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807

Open the rear door. NA1684

Figure 210
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the
correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
1 SMOKING! [Figure 211] ,

Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 210] ,

Close the rear door.

SS

> A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P100006 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat , flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 210], explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508


133 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FUEL SYSTEM ( CONT ’ D ) Removing Air From The Fuel System

Fuel Filter After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
For the service interval for removing water from, or
replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 115.)
system before starting the engine.
K
Removing Water

Figure 212
A WARNING
L AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles . If fluid
sssr enters skin or eyes , get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
2 W-2072-0807

Figure 213

1 *•

P- 85508

Loosen the drain (Item 1 ) [Figure 212] at the bottom of


the filter element to remove water from the filter. 1 2

Replacing Element

Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 212] ,

Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on
the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and
hand tighten. P - 85507

Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air


Open the vent (Item 2) [Figure 213] on the fuel filter
From The Fuel System on Page 134.)
housing.

Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 1)

A WARNING [Figure 213] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Close the vent (Item 2 ) [Figure 213].


Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames ,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause I
explosion or fire. I
W-2103-0508

«e
134 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil Chart

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Figure 215

> Check the engine oil level every day before starting the
engine for the work shift.

Figure 214 c*
ENGINE OIL
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
( LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
CRANKCASE)

-
-40 -34 -29 -23 -18 -12 -7 -1 *4 *10 *17 *21 *27 *32 *38 *43 *49
1
1' * r SAE

C 1
SAE 15VV -4 GI

V
•J S AE :30
X
SAEz 20

: s /IIE 11aw
3 i
['I ]
*
P-85506 -40 -30 - 20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80 + 90 +100 +110 +120

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE
Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE API
and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 214] , CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER )
[1] Synthetic Oil - Use recommendation from Synthetic

»
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do Oil Manufacturer.
not overfill.
Use good quality engine oil that meets API Service
Classification of CI-4 or better [Figure 215] ,

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508


135 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’ D ) Install the cover and the cover mounting bolts
[Figure 216] . Tighten all bolts.
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter

For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and
filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 115.)

Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop


Figure 218

* - 1
M
*
*
r «C
the engine. 2 *
-

Figure 216

is ?
4 3

^
4

y
1
3
V

Hi 1
•• MJDL m P-85506

Open the rear door, remove the oil filter (Item 3)


2
[Figure 218] and clean the filter housing surface.

Use genuine Bobcat filter only.


3 P-90497A
P-90499A
Put oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and hand
tighten.
The oil drain hose is located behind a cover under the
right rear corner of the loader (Inset ) [Figure 216]

Remove two cover mounting bolts (Item 1 ) [Figure 216].

Loosen one cover mounting bolt (Item 2) and slide the


,
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1 ) [Figure 218] .

Put oil in the engine. For the correct quantity (See


Capacities on Page 205.) Do not overfill.
<
cover (Item 3) [Figure 216] to the rear of the loader. Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Figure 217
Remove the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 218] and check the
oil level.

Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the


dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
G© Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
P - 90498 A
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

«C
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 217] from the
oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container. Recycle
or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.

Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 217] ,

136 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Loaders With Air Conditioning

Check the cooling system every day to prevent over ¬


Figure 220
heating, loss of performance or engine damage.

> Maintenance Platform

Figure 219 m / Nil


III 1
S

2 2

m 3

rM
t
P 100180

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of


the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 220].
P100040A
The area between the air conditioning condenser and the
oil cooler will require occasional cleaning. Remove the
A maintenance platform (Item 1) [Figure 219] is bolts (Item 2) and the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 220].
available from your Bobcat dealer to facilitate access
when cleaning the engine cooling system. Figure 221

li A WARNING 1

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH i


Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
2
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
-
W-2019 0907

P100056A
Cleaning

Open the rear door. (See REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) on NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air
Page 126.) conditioning condenser so that the air
conditioning condenser does not fall on the
Remove the rear grill. (See REAR GRILL on Page 127.) oil cooler and damage the fins.

Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use


low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 221] ,

Lower the air conditioning condenser (Item 1)


[Figure 221] Install the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 220]
,

and the bolts (Item 2 ) [Figure 220] .

137 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D ) All Loaders

Cleaning (Cont’d) Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 222] ,

Loaders Without Air Conditioning

Figure 222
Figure 223

tr
<
1
L
QK »

MMiiiUMM
Mill! 3
2
V
mum X \
I
0 * * P 100179

P100181
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) drops
into place to support the oil cooler. Use low air pressure
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 3)
the oil cooler (Item 1 ) [Figure 222]
,
[Figure 223] ,

Raise the bar (Item 2) [Figure 223] slightly and lower the
oil cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps.

Check the cooling system for leaks.

Install the rear grill and close the rear door.


«1

138 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ( CONT ’ D) Removing And Replacing Coolant

Checking Level For the service interval for replacing the engine

>
coolant (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
Open the rear door and raise the rear grill.
Open the rear door and remove the rear grill.
Figure 224
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 224]
Ml -
,

Figure 225

- ar
£
1
m i 1

f i P - 90529B

H1.1i oillll
CS :
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 2)
[Figure 224] on the tank. Coolant must be between top
li -HI -
P 85606

and bottom level markers when the engine is cold.


Disconnect the coolant hose (Item 1) [Figure 225] from

»
the oil filter assembly. Drain the coolant into a container.
NOTE : The loader is factory filled with propylene
Connect the coolant hose to the oil filter assembly.
glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix
Recycle or dispose of coolant in an environmentally safe
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
manner.
Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
glycol in your cooling system.
on Page 205.)
Lower the rear grill and close the rear door.
The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)
freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
of water.
IMPORTANT Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE the lower marker on the tank [Figure 224] .
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Install the coolant fill cap.
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap
damage . must be tightened until it clicks.

Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop
protect the internal engine components; reduces the the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Add
boiling point and freeze protection of the system. coolant as needed.

Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength Install the rear grill and close the rear door.

2» concentrated coolant can cause serious premature


engine damage.
1-2124-0497

139 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fuse And Relay Location / Identification

Description

«
Earlier Models

Figure 226 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 123 . )

Figure 227

*
P-13849

P - 85472 1

P -85411
The loader has a 12 volt , negative ground , alternator
charging system.
The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses
The electrical system is protected by fuses located in the and relays located under three fuse panel covers (Item 1)
operator cab (located under the operator cab in earlier [Figure 227] ,

models) and a 100 ampere master fuse [Figure 226]


located under the air cleaner in the engine compartment . Figure 228

The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is


an electrical overload . The reason for the overload must
be found before starting the engine again.
<
• UU : = S

P - 85412

Remove the covers to check or replace the fuses


[Figure 228]

A decal is located inside the large cover to show location


and amperage ratings.

A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and


circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See Figure 232

«C
on Page 142. )

140 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 231

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

*
Later Models

Figure 229 -

.
w I P100416

Remove the covers to check or replace the fuses


1
[Figure 231] ,

P100414 A decal is located inside the access panel to show


location and amperage ratings.

The fuse / relay panels are located behind an access Line up the clips on the back of the access panel with the
panel near the left foot pedal / footrest. Pull the panel at slots provided and push the panel into place when
each end (Item 1 ) [Figure 229] to remove. finished [Figure 229] A locating pin prevents the panel
,

from being installed upside down.


Figure 230
A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and
circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See Figure 232
on Page 142.)

-
1

P100415

The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses


and relays located under three fuse panel covers (Item 1)
[Figure 230] .


141 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’ D )

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont ’ d)

Figure 232

0 ©
H
®
F1
©' ©
F F!
<
0 © 0 © C5
_
F3 F
® ®‘
LU
F3 FF
© FRC1
© ®
W ©
F2
©
FS

©
F1
©
F!

©" © © © ©
®
F5
CVI
o
u
_ F3 < F

73147 SW 7167945
® ®
II ini i iniiiiiiiiiIIINinimil !
The location and amperage ratings are shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 232] , Relays are identified by
the letter “ R” in the AMP column.

REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP
1 Alternator 15 11 Glow Plugs R 21 Bobcat Controller 25

2
© Heater / HVAC 25 12
0 Fuel Shutoff R 22
A
.
f
GWY
ACS Controller 25

% H) ACS
- -A

«C
3

ID
Front Lights 20 13

CAB
Cab
Power
Switched 5 23

ACD
— +
Attachments 25

4 Rear Lights 15 14 Bucket Position 15 24 Not Used

Qw ©k
5 Starter R 15 Wiper / Washer 25 25 Auxiliary 25
A
0
**

6 Front Lights R 16
CD Switched Power & 25 26
AUX
Controller

Drive Controller & 25

i A
7
ID Heater / HVAC R 17
ACC
Back -up Alarm
( Standard/ACS)

Switched Power 25 27
sSSE
DRV
,
Back-up
(SJC)
Alarm

Accessories & 25
— +

8
% Rear Lights R 18
ACC
Switched Power 25 28
ACC
Front Horn

Power Port 15

f
ACD
9 Switched Power R 19 Traction 30

(®)
10

(®)
Traction R 20

H)
Fuel Shutoff 30 «C
142 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ( CONT’ D )

Battery Maintenance

> Figure 233

iT~N

-
P 09589

The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 233].


Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water
as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and
cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water
solution.

Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery

9» terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles , protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
-
W-2065 0807


143 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D ) Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
(See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 78.)
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)
After the engine has started, remove the negative (-)
If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the cable (Item 4) [Figure 234] first. Remove the cable from
engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 234]
,

operator ’s seat and one person to connect and


disconnect the battery cables.

The key switch must be OFF or the STOP button must be


pressed. The booster battery must be 12 volt. IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables
A WARNING disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE both cables from the battery.)
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away connected wrong.
from batteries . When jumping from booster battery 1-2023-1285
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.

Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged


battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910

Figure 234

k 2
<
4
mV ik :
* •<

w\ 1.
P -85474

Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1 ) [Figure 234] to


the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect
the other end of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 234] to
the positive terminal on the loader starter.

Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3)


[Figure 234] to the negative terminal of the booster
battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 4)
[Figure 234] to the engine. «C
144 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ( CONT’ D) Figure 236

Removing And Installing Battery

> A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles , protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention P -09589 P-09590
and wash eye with clean , cool water for at least 15
minutes.
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities installing a new or used battery [Figure 236] .
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention . When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any
W-2065-0807 metal parts with the battery terminals.

Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.


Open the rear door.
Connect and tighten the battery cables.
Figure 235
Install and tighten the battery hold down.
L
3
t
m /
<
2 ft A WARNING
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
i
*i 1 SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries . When jumping from booster battery
,
make final connection ( negative) at machine frame.
2 5 t
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
P -85473
battery. Warm battery to 16° C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 235]. connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
Remove the battery hold down clamp (Item 2) W-2066-0910
[Figure 235] .

Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 3 ) [Figure 235]


from the battery.

Remove the battery from the loader.


145 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Checking And Adding Fluid

«
Figure 239
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE ( VG)
before starting the work shift. AND VISCOSITY INDEX ( VI)

Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and -40 .34 -29 -23 -18 -12 -7 -1 *4 +10 +17 +21 *27 +32 +38 +43 +49

place the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob- l


[ ]
Tach fully back if no attachment is installed.
[2]
Stop the engine.

Figure 237 [3] [4] [5]

-40 -30 - 20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80 +90 +100 +110 +120

HYDROSTATIC TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED


FLUID LEVEL
DURING MACHINE USE
[1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
[2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150
1 [3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
ii [4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid
[5] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable
based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to
prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating
P100010 temperatures.)

Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1)


[Figure 237], Keep the fluid level within the operating
range.
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system
[Figure 239] (See Hydraulic System on Page 204.)
,

«e
Remove the rear grill. (See REAR GRILL on Page 127.)

Figure 238
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P- Mi Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat , flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
1 Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
HI

It

P100055

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 238].

Add fluid as needed to bring the level within the operating


range in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure 237].

Install the fill cap (Item 1 ) [Figure 238] and install the
rear grill.
«E
146 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’ D ) Figure 241

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid


w
> For the correct service interval
SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
(See SERVICE

Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after *


major repair.

Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the


hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is
replaced . (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
I
2
1
r
Hydrostatic Filter on Page 149.)

Remove the rear grill . (See REAR GRILL on Page 127.)


I
P100179

Figure 240
Raise the oil cooler ( Item 1 ) until the bar ( Item 2)
[ Figure 241] drops into place to support the oil cooler.
& This will aid in draining the hydraulic fluid .

«
5 Figure 242

if 1

m. ..

> P 100055

P 100007
iiI

fijlliillH Remove the right side access cover bolts ( Item 1 )


[ Figure 242] and remove the cover. ( Lift arms shown
'99
* 2
i raised for visual clarity.)

P100181

Remove the hydraulic fill cap ( Item 1 ) and unhook the


two rubber straps ( Item 2 ) [ Figure 240].


147 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D ) Figure 244

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

Figure 243

1 111 P -90506

Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)


: P - 85721 [Figure 244] Use low air pressure to dry the screen.
,

Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
Pinch off and disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 243] reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range
from the cooling fan motor. Route the hose out the side of of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page 205.) and
the loader and drain the fluid into a container. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 146.)

Connect the hose to the cooling fan motor when the fluid Install the hydraulic fill cap.
stops draining.
Install the rear grill.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
safe manner. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls. «C
A WARNING Stop the engine and check for leaks.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 146.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames ,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the side access cover.

Raise the bar supporting the oil cooler and lower the oil
cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps.

«E
148 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Earlier Models

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Figure 246


Filter

* For the correct service interval. (See SERVICE


SCHEDULE on Page 115.)

Remove the rear grill. (See REAR GRILL on Page 127.)

The filter housing is located behind the hydraulic fluid


reservoir.
I
rm

;
1

Clean the top of the filter housing. 1

Figure 245

Earlier Model Later Model


-
P 90500

5
Remove the filter (Item 1 ) [Figure 246] using a socket
wrench.
Msrcam Figure 247

* P - 90500A P100047A A


Two types of filters are used on this model loader
[Figure 245]. Select the correct procedure for your
machine. ii
mii
m
mv
I i
I 1
1

mm :«
P-85478

Discard the entire filter (Item 1) [Figure 247] ,

Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter


seal contacts the housing.

Install new filter and tighten to 61 N*m (45 ft-lb) torque.

149 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D ) All Models

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic

«e
Filter (Cont’d)

Later Models A WARNING


Figure 248 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the rear grill.


ir i
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.
1

/
P100047 A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Remove the filter cap (Item 1) [Figure 248],
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Figure 249
death . Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

«C
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles . If fluid
enters skin or eyes , get immediate medical attention
1 4 from a physician familiar with this injury.
s W-2072-0807
1
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
I.
'
S

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 146.)

4
WMMS 4
P100044 PI 00046

Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 249] and


discard.

Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 249] and discard.

Install new O-ring and lubricate with clean oil.

Install new filter element ensuring that element is fully


seated in the housing.

Install the filter cap and tighten to 25 N*m (18 ft-lb)


torque.

150 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 252

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter

» The hydraulic charge filter is located under the operator


cab. For the correct service interval (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
1

1
1
- Hi
w \I

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 123.)


..
Figure 250

I
1
P- 85489 A

. ..

©- Remove and discard the filter element (Item 1)


[Figure 252],
ULIilSJ
Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
si 7
i
1 m where they contact the filter element seal.

Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
P - 85470 the element on the filter base. Install and tighten the filter
housing to 47 - 54 N*m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Unhook the four rubber straps (Item 1) and remove the

> lower fan duct (Item 2 ) [Figure 250] .

Figure 251 A WARNING


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
- J Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1

Install the lower fan duct [Figure 250] ,

S3 NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 124.)


P -85489
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.
Place a suitable container below the filter housing and
remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 251] using a
socket wrench.

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.

151 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’ D ) Breather Cap

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
(Cont’d) replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 115.)

Remove the rear grill. (See REAR GRILL on Page 127.)


<
A WARNING Figure 253

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
<>* .
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible .
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do 1
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
a
enters skin or eyes , get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 146.) P100055

Remove the breather cap (Item 1 ) [Figure 253] and


discard.

Install new breather cap.

Install the rear grill.

«C
152 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER

Cleaning Procedure
A WARNING
*
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler. (See SERVICE
When the engine is running during service, the
SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
the parking brake engaged . Failure to do so can
Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust
cause injury or death.
system.
W-2006-1209

Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a


IMPORTANT second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of
wood over the outlet of the muffler.
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D . A. This will force contaminants out through the cleanout
Forestry Service approved spark arrestor exhaust hole.
system.
Stop the engine.
The spark arrestor muffler, if equipped, must be
cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark Install and tighten the plug. Close the rear door.
arrestor muffler must be serviced by dumping the
spark chamber every 100 hours of operation .

On some models , the turbocharger functions as the


spark arrestor and must operate correctly for proper
spark arrestor function.
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
If this machine is operated on flammable forest , When an engine is running in an enclosed area , fresh
brush, or grass covered land, it must be equipped air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
with a spark arrestor attached to the exhaust system fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will outside . Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442. gases which can kill without warning .
PRC. Refer to local laws and regulations for spark W-2050-0807
arrestor requirements.
I-2284-0409

Stop the engine and open the rear door (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 126.). A WARNING
Figure 254 Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2011- 1285

T i’S
A WARNING
.

'

r Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive


dust or gases or where exhaust can contact

a» P -85509

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 254 ] from the bottom


of the muffler.
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can
cause injury or death.
W-2068- 1285

153 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


TIRE MAINTENANCE It is important to keep the same size tires on each side of
the loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will be
Wheel Nuts turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The
tread bars of all the tires must face the same direction.
Figure 255
v Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid
* excessive tire wear and loss of stability and handling
capability. Check for correct pressure before operating
the loader.
: »

Mounting
5
Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person
using the proper procedures and safe equipment.
s
Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size
before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage.

The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust.


P-85479
The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a
rubber lubricant before mounting the tire.
See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct interval to
check the wheel nuts [Figure 255], (See SERVICE
Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and
SCHEDULE on Page 115.)
cause serious injury or death.
When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N*m (160 ft-lb)
During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure
torque.
frequently to avoid over inflation.
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench
to 190 N *m (140 ft-lb) to prevent over-tightening.

Rotating
A WARNING <
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
Figure 256
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078- 1007

rn FI

.fei!
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same loader.
I-2057-0794

NA 1023A

Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire
wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires
to the front [Figure 256] ,


C
154 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) Removing And Replacing Oil

Checking And Adding Oil

»
Figure 258

The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and


chains and uses the same type of oil as the hydraulic /
hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic System on Page
204.)
1
Stop the loader on a level surface and stop the engine.
V k
<
Figure 257
/
I O s
1 P - 85745

r Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 258] from the


front of the chaincase housing.

Figure 259

P - 85744

c,

> Remove the check plug (Item 1 ) [Figure 257] from the
front of the chaincase housing. (Lift arms shown raised
for clarity.)

If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the
1

hole, the oil level is correct.

If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
the oil flows from the hole.
P-85742
Install and tighten the plug.
Pump the oil out of the chaincase [Figure 259] .

Recycle or dispose of the used oil in an environmentally


safe manner.

Add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from
the hole.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat , flames,

*
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

155 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


ALTERNATOR BELT Figure 262

Belt Adjustment ' m


The alternator belt is a special maintenance free type that
is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates the
need for a tensioning device and does not require
periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
replacement parts.
Tf
m
sr \it ** * 5.
Belt Replacement
m.
Stop the engine and open the rear door (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 126.). N\
Remove the air conditioning belt. (See AIR
*
P- 90474
CONDITIONING BELT on Page 157.)

Figure 260 Remove the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) and
loosen the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2)
%
[Figure 262].
w» Move the alternator toward the engine as far as it will go

*1 and remove the belt from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys
for wear.
1 ra
2
Install new belt.
[1

i - Figure 263

<
j

"
P- 90472

Remove the belt shield mounting nuts and bolts (Item 1)
and remove the belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 260] ,

Figure 261

1
V

tit 1 L".
P - 90475
/

Use a prybar (Item 1) [Figure 263] to move the alternator


until the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 262] can be installed.

Tighten the top and bottom alternator mounting bolts


2
(Items 1 and 2) [Figure 262] ,

P-90521 A Installthe air conditioning belt. (See AIR

Remove the cable bracket mounting nut and bolts (Item


1) and move the cable bracket (Item 2) [Figure 261] up
slightly.
CONDITIONING BELT on Page 157.)

Install the cable bracket and belt shield.

Close the rear door.


«C
156 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
AIR CONDITIONING BELT Figure 265


Belt Adjustment

The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free


type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt
W \

eliminates the need for a tensioning device and does not


require periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer
for replacement parts.

Belt Replacement
1
Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 126.)

Figure 264 P-85993

Use a prybar at the two leverage points (Item 1)


[Figure 265] to move the air conditioning compressor
1
until the bottom air conditioning compressor mounting
bolt (Item 2) [Figure 264] can be installed.

-,* 1 Tighten the three mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2)

i 1 2 t
r
[Figure 264 ],

Close the rear door.

9» P- 85942 A

NOTE : The engine is shown removed for visual


clarity.

Remove the bottom air conditioning compressor


mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 264] ,

Loosen the top air conditioning compressor mounting


bolts (Item 1 ) [Figure 264]
,

Move the air conditioning compressor toward the engine


as far as it will go and remove the belt from the pulleys.

Inspect the pulleys for wear.

Install new belt.

U
157 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVE BELT Belt Replacement

Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR

The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a
spring loaded idler which constantly maintains the correct
belt tension.
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 126.)

Remove the battery. (See Removing And Installing


Battery on Page 145.)
«e
Stop Adjustment Figure 268

Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR 1
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 126.)
A
Figure 266
*
7
.
1

*
r

S3 P-85518

Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 268] ,

Figure 269

<
P-90470

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)


and insert a 1/2 in. breaker bar (Item 2) [Figure 266] into
the slot provided in the stop arm as shown.
I 1

Figure 267

m
1

P - 90467

© e > Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (top
bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2)
toward the back of the loader to unseat the shield from
the top and bottom drive belt shield mounting bolts.
P-90471 Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 269] ,

Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1 ) [Figure 267] is achieved.

Tighten the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)


[Figure 266] to 105 - 115 N*m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.
4
158 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVE BELT ( CONT’D ) Tighten the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)

Belt Replacement ( Cont’d)


-
[Figure 270] to 105 - 115 N m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.

>
Figure 272
Figure 270
Top Mounting Bolt

O
W
2
P - 90468 A

Bottom Mounting Bolt

P 9047C
2

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1).


Insert a 1/2 in. breaker bar (Item 2 ) [Figure 270] into the
slot provided in the stop arm as shown and push breaker
bar down to release tension on drive belt.
P - 90469 A
Tighten the adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 270] to hold
the spring loaded idler off the drive belt.


Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley mounting bolts and slide the drive belt shield toward the
and flywheel pulley. Inspect the pulleys for wear. front of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 272].
Install new drive belt.
Figure 273
Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 270] and allow the idler to contact the drive belt. 1

A
Figure 271
*
m- m •

L? '
1 ir
-A
0 •
-

P-85518

Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 273].


P-90471
Install the battery. (See Removing And Installing Battery

2» Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3 ,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1 ) [Figure 271] is achieved.
on Page 145.)

Close the rear door.

159 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


LUBRICATING THE LOADER Figure 275

Lubrication Locations

Lubricate the loader as specified for the best


performance of the loader. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE
on Page 115.)

Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the


Bobcat loader.

Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose


grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And P-90572 A


Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on
Page 89.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 91.) 2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 275],

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward until it contacts the ground. Figure 276

Stop the engine.

Lubricate the following:

Figure 274

P - 90543A

3. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 276] ,

P100011

1. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 274 ] ,

«C
160 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’ D) Figure 279

Lubrication Locations (Cont’ d)

> Figure 277

6
I
5

JHP*- ' 111111 '

P - 85720

6. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 279] ,

-
P 90542A
Figure 280

4. Lift Arm Link Pivot (Both Sides) (2 ) [Figure 277]. i

Figure 278

* P- 85719

*
7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 280].
P -85484

5. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 278].

161 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 283

Lubrication Locations (Cont’ d)

Figure 281

« 10

»I ;& *

P - 90544A

10. Front Control Link (Both Sides) (2 ) [Figure 283] ,

P-85487
PIVOT PINS

8. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 281] , Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 282 Figure 284

9
«e
P100012 P100004

9. Rear Control Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 282] , All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1)
[ Figure 284] ,

Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N*m (35


- 40 ft-lb) torque.

aC
162 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER ) The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
Inspection And Maintenance frame (Item 2) [Figure 286] .

> Figure 285 If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 286] , the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 287

/
/
i a
P-85513A

Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges


[Figure 285] ,
/
The levers and wedges must move freely.
/ * A

3» A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
wedges can allow attachment to come off. /
W-2715-0208 /

Figure 286
*
a B- 17460

'A
Wedge must contact
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-
Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 287] Replace any parts that are
,
lower edge of hole in the
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
attachment mounting
frame.
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.


P -31233A P-31233

Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on


The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 286] must extend through Page 115.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Page 160.)

163 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER ) The wedges (Item 1 ) [Figure 289] must extend through
the holes in the attachment mounting frame.
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 288
The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 289],

If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes


«
[Figure 289] , the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.
©-* Figure 290

/
i m 1

P- 85320A
/
^
/
Push and hold the BOB-TACH “ WEDGES UP” switch
(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the /
BOB-TACH “ WEDGES DOWN” switch (Item 2)
[Figure 288] until the wedges are fully down.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

«c
A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the /
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers &
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
wedges can allow attachment to come off .
a
W-2715-0208

Figure 289

a B-17460

Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-


Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 290] . Replace any parts that are
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.

A
Wedge must contact
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
lower edge of hole in the

*
attachment mounting Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
frame. Page 115.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Page 160.)
P -31233A P-31233

164 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE Return To Service

»
Storage After the Bobcat loader has been in storage , it is
necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat service.
loader for an extend period of time. Below is a list of
items to perform before storage . • Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check
coolant level.
Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine
compartment. • Install a fully charged battery.

Lubricate the loader. Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.

Replace worn or damaged parts. Check all belt tensions.

Park the loader in a dry protected shelter. Be sure all shields and guards are in place.

Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat Lubricate the loader.
on the ground .
Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under
Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the frame.
tires.
Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine observing the instrument panels and systems for
a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump correct operation.
and fuel injectors.
Operate machine , check for correct function.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed .
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel , add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.

Drain and flush the cooling system . Refill with


premixed coolant.

Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /


hydrostatic).

Replace air cleaner , heater and air conditioning filters.

Put all controls in neutral position.

Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is


correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.

Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage

*
condition.

165 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*

W- Bobcat <

c

166 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES 169


Viewing Service Codes 169

CONTROL PANEL SETUP 175


Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) 175

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) 177


Password Description 177
Changing The Owner Password 177
Password Lockout Feature 177

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) 178


Password Description 178
Changing The Owner Password 178
Changing The User Passwords 179
Password Lockout Feature 179

MAINTENANCE CLOCK 180


Description 180
Setup 180
Reset 180


167 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
«c

W Bobcat

4
168 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

»
Viewing Service Codes The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel offers an
additional view of service codes that includes a brief
The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing description.
conditions which can damage your machine.
The last 40 codes stored in history can also be viewed
Figure 291 using the Deluxe Instrumentation Panel.

Figure 292
Press a scroll button
2 (Item 1) repeatedly until
03 03- © © © the Active Warnings
ta tu- ta lia.ta
screen icon (Inset ) is
.
0 ff
highlighted.

®Jg x#) Jg - 0 •

o tu
1 1
/ The ACTIVE WARNINGS
screen displays active
service codes. Press [9]
P-76455G
to view the next service
code if more than one is
present. Press [4] to
Press the INFORMATION button (Item 1) to cycle the display a history of
DATA DISPLAY (Item 2 ) [Figure 291] until the service
<V> service codes.
code screen is displayed. If more than one SERVICE
CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the DATA
DISPLAY. r: WARNINGS HISTORY

6

The
the
WARNINGS
HISTORY screen will list
Service Code
i na Number ( CODE) ,
NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause
Hourmeter reading when
multiple service codes and / or abnormal the error occurred
symptoms. All instrument panel lights (HOUR ) , and the User
flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and ( USER ) who was logged
taiilights flashing , could indicate a bad in to operate the machine
when the error occurred.
ground. The same symptoms could apply if
the voltage is low , such as loose or corroded Press [9] to view the next eight Service Codes.
battery cables. If you observe these
symptoms, check grounds and positive leads A total of 40 Codes can be stored. When more than 40
first. codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.

Press the list number


next to the service code
for more detail.

Press left scroll button to


back up one screen.
<! >
/

P-90378 / NA3025 / NA3000 / NA3038 / NA3035


169 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List

Figure 293

© i PEPLi' © (n o i n]
The following word errors may be displayed:

[REPLY ] One or both instrument panel( s) not


communicating with the controller.
«C
>
~~
r [ CODE] The controller is asking for a password.
(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)
m H:i§ lU.m [ERROR ] The wrong password was entered.
a B w— 21— (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
P-76461H only.)
) P-76461P
P-76455G
[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.

Service Codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number [DOOR ] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt
(Item 2) [Figure 293], functions will not operate.)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


A3623 ACD not programmed A8503 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF
A8002 ACD output ‘A’ error ON A8505 ACD output ‘F’ short to battery
A8003 ACD output ‘A’ error OFF A8506 ACD output ‘F’ short to ground
A8005 ACD output ‘A’ short to battery A8507 ACD output ‘F’ open circuit
A8006 ACD output ‘A’ short to ground A8532 ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent
A8007 ACD output ‘A’ open circuit A8602 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
A8032 ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent A 8603 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF
A8102 ACD output ‘B’ error ON A8605 ACD output ‘G’ short to battery
A 8103 ACD output ‘B ’ error OFF A8606 ACD output ‘G’ short to ground
A8105 ACD output ‘B ’ short to battery A8607 ACD output ‘G’ open circuit
A8106 ACD output ‘B’ short to ground A8702 ACD output ‘H’ error ON
A8107 ACD output ‘B’ open circuit A8703 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF
A8132 ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent A8705 ACD output ‘H’ short to battery
A8202 ACD output ‘C’ error ON A 8706 ACD output ‘FI’ short to ground
A8203 ACD output ‘C’ error OFF A8707 ACD output ‘H’ open circuit
A8205 ACD output ‘C’ short to battery
A8206 ACD output ‘C’ short to ground D3905 Left joystick X -axis not in neutral
A8207 ACD output ‘C’ open circuit D3907 Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8232 ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent D4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8302 ACD output ‘D’ error ON D7501 CAN joystick communication error
A8303 ACD output ‘D’ error OFF D7504 No communication from drive controller
A8305 ACD output ‘D’ short to battery D7505 Left joystick X -axis not in neutral
A8306 ACD output ‘D’ short to ground D7507 Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8307 ACD output ‘D’ open circuit D7508 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8332 ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent D7509 Operating mode switch short to ground or battery
A8402 ACD output ‘E’ error ON D7513 Right front wheel angle sensor unresponsive
A8403 ACD output ‘E’ error OFF D7514 Left front wheel angle sensor unresponsive
A8405 ACD output ‘E’ short to battery D7515 Right rear wheel angle sensor unresponsive
A8406 ACD output ‘E’ short to ground D7516 Left rear wheel angle sensor unresponsive
A8407
A8432
A8502
ACD output ‘E’ open circuit
ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent
ACD output ‘F’ error ON
D7517
D7518
D7519
Left swash plate not in neutral
Right swash plate not in neutral
Left joystick X-axis out of range high «C
170 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

> CODE
D 7521
D 7522
DESCRIPTION
Left joystick Y-axis out of range high
Right joystick Y-axis out of range high
CODE
D7572
D7573
DESCRIPTION
Drive pump not calibrated
Operating mode switch flipped while operating
D 7523 Right front wheel angle sensor out of range high D7574 Right wheel speed uncommanded motion
D7524 Left front wheel angle sensor out of range high D7575 Left wheel speed uncommanded motion
D7525 Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range high D7576 No communication from ACS controller
D7526 Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range high D7577 Left speed sensor out of range high
D7527 Left swash plate out of position D7578 Right speed sensor out of range high
D7528 Right swash plate out of position D7579 Left speed sensor out of range low
D7529 Left joystick X-axis out of range low D7580 Right speed sensor out of range low
D7531 Left joystick Y-axis out of range low D7581 Right front steer retract short to battery
D 7532 Right joystick Y-axis out of range low D7582 Left front steer retract short to battery
D7533 Right front wheel angle sensor out of range low D7583 Right rear steer retract short to battery
D 7534 Left front wheel angle sensor out of range low D7584 Left rear steer retract short to battery
D 7535 Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range low D7585 Sensor supply 1 out of range high
D7536 Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range low D7586 Sensor supply 2 out of range high
D 7537 Sensor supply 1 out of range low D7587 Software update required
D 7538 Sensor supply 2 out of range low D7588 Switched power stuck ON
D7539 Left swash plate sensor out of range high D7589 Switched power error OFF
D7540 Left swash plate sensor out of range low D7591 Left swash plate sensor reversed
D7541 Right swash plate sensor out of range high D7592 Right swash plate sensor reversed
D7542 Right swash plate sensor out of range low D7593 Right speed sensor unresponsive
D 7543 Left forward drive solenoid error ON D7594 Left speed sensor unresponsive

> D7544
D7545
D 7546
D 7547
D 7548
Left reverse drive solenoid error ON
Right forward drive solenoid error ON
Right reverse drive solenoid error ON
Right front steer extend short to battery
Left front steer extend short to battery
D7595
D7596
D7597
D7598
D7599
Left speed sensor reversed
Right speed sensor reversed
Controller programmed
In drive calibration mode
In angle calibration mode
D 7549 Right rear steer extend short to battery
D 7550 Left rear steer extend short to battery H1221 Right Primary out of range high
D 7551 Steer pressure short to battery H1222 Right Primary out of range low
D7552 Back -up alarm error ON H1224 Right Primary not in neutral
D7553 Left forward drive solenoid error OFF H1321 Left Primary out of range high
D7554 Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF H1322 Left Primary out of range low
D7555 Right forward drive solenoid error OFF H1324 Left Primary not in neutral
D7556 Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF H2005 Boost solenoid short to battery
D7557 Right front steer extend short to ground H2006 Boost solenoid short to ground
D7558 Right front steer retract short to ground H2007 Boost solenoid open circuit
D7559 Left front steer extend short to ground H2032 Boost solenoid overcurrent
D 7560 Left front steer retract short to ground H2205 Pressure control solenoid short to battery
D 7561 Right rear steer extend short to ground H2206 Pressure control solenoid short to ground
D 7562 Right rear steer retract short to ground H2207 Pressure control solenoid open circuit
D7563 Left rear steer extend short to ground H2232 Pressure control solenoid overcurrent
D7564 Left rear steer retract short to ground H2305 Rear base solenoid short to battery
D7565 Steer pressure short to ground H2306 Rear base solenoid short to ground
D7566 Back-up alarm error OFF H2307 Rear base solenoid open circuit
D 7567 No communication from Gateway controller H2332 Rear base solenoid overcurrent
D7568 Angle sensors not calibrated H2405 Rear rod solenoid short to battery

2» D7569
D7570
D7571
Battery voltage out of range high
Interrupted power
Battery voltage out of range low
H2406
H2407
H2432
Rear rod solenoid short to ground
Rear rod solenoid open circuit
Rear rod solenoid overcurrent

171 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT’D)

Service Codes List ( Cont’d)

CODE
H2505
H2506
H2507
DESCRIPTION
Rear aux relief short to battery
Rear aux relief short to ground
Rear aux relief open circuit
CODE
M0116
M0117
M0216
DESCRIPTION
Air filter not connected
Air filter plugged
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter not connected
«
H2605 Front base solenoid short to battery M0217 Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter plugged
H2606 Front base solenoid short to ground M0309 Battery voltage low
H2607 Front base solenoid open circuit M0310 Battery voltage high
H2632 Front base solenoid overcurrent M0311 Battery voltage extremely high
H2705 Front rod solenoid short to battery M0314 Battery voltage extremely low
H2706 Front rod solenoid short to ground M0322 Battery voltage out of range low
H2707 Front rod solenoid open circuit M0409 Engine oil pressure low
H2732 Front rod solenoid overcurrent M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low
H2805 Diverter rod solenoid short to battery M0415 Engine oil pressure shutdown
H2806 Diverter rod solenoid short to ground M0421 Engine oil pressure out of range high
H2807 Diverter rod solenoid open circuit M0422 Engine oil pressure out of range low
H2905 High-flow solenoid short to battery M0509 Hydraulic charge pressure low
H2906 High-flow solenoid short to ground M0510 Hydraulic charge pressure high
H2907 High-flow solenoid open circuit M0511 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high
H2932 High-flow solenoid overcurrent M0514 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low
H3028 Controller memory failure M0515 Hydraulic charge pressure shutdown
H3128 Interrupted power failure M0521 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high
H3648 ACD multiple M0522 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low
H3913 Left joystick grip no communication M0610 Engine speed high

«C
H3916 Left joystick not connected M0611 Engine speed extremely high
H3928 Left joystick failure M0613 Engine speed no signal
H3948 Left joystick multiple M0615 Engine speed shutdown
H4013 Right joystick grip no communication M0618 Engine speed out of range
H4016 Right joystick not connected M0710 Hydraulic oil temperature high
H4028 Right joystick failure M0711 Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high
H4048 Right joystick multiple M0715 Hydraulic oil temperature shutdown
H4302 Horn error ON M0721 Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high
H4303 Horn error OFF M0722 Hydraulic oil temperature out of range low
H4423 Auxiliary not programmed M0810 Engine coolant temperature high
H4502 Right signal error ON M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high
H4503 Right signal error OFF M0815 Engine coolant temperature shutdown
H4602 Left signal error ON M0821 Engine coolant temperature out of range high
H4603 Left signal error OFF M0822 Engine coolant temperature out of range low
H4721 Sensor supply 1 out of range high M0909 Fuel level low
H4722 Sensor supply 1 out of range low M0921 Fuel level out of range high
H7314 Remote control failure M0922 Fuel level out of range low
H7328 Remote control no signal M1016 Hydraulic charge filter not connected
H7404 Main controller no communication M1017 Hydraulic charge filter plugged
H7604 Left hand panel no communication M1121 Seat bar sensor out of range high
M1122 Seat bar sensor out of range low
L0102 Left panel button 1 error ON M1305 Fuel hold solenoid short to battery
L0202 Left panel button 2 error ON M1306 Fuel hold solenoid short to ground
L0302 Left panel button 3 error ON M1307 Fuel hold solenoid open circuit
L0402 Left panel button 4 error ON M1402 Fuel pull output error ON
L7404
L7672
Left panel main controller no communication
Left panel programming error
M1403
M1407
M1428
Fuel pull output error OFF
Fuel pull output open circuit
Fuel pull output failure
«C
172 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT’D)

Service Codes List (Cont ’d)

1» CODE
M1502
M1503
DESCRIPTION
Traction lock pull output error ON
Traction lock pull output error OFF
CODE
M3805
M3806
DESCRIPTION
Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery
Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to ground
M1507 Traction lock pull output open circuit M3807 Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit
M1528 Traction lock pull output failure M3832 Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent
M1605 Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery M4109 Alternator low
M1606 Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground M4110 Alternator high
M1607 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit M4304 Keyless panel no communication
M1705 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to battery M4404 Auxiliary no communication
M1706 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to ground M4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high
M1707 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid open circuit M4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low
M1732 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid overcurrent M4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
M1805 Lift spool lock short to battery M4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
M1806 Lift spool lock short to ground M4802 Front light relay error ON
M1807 Lift spool lock open circuit M4803 Front light relay error OFF
M1832 Lift spool lock overcurrent M4807 Front light relay open circuit
M2005 Two-speed primary short to battery M4902 Rear light relay error ON
M2006 Two-speed primary short to ground M4903 Rear light relay error OFF
M2007 Two-speed primary open circuit M4907 Rear light relay open circuit
M2032 Two-speed primary overcurrent M5002 Front light output error ON
M2102 Glow plug output error ON M5003 Front light output error OFF
M2103 Glow plug output error OFF M5007 Front light output open circuit
M2107 Glow plug output open circuit M5028 Front light output failure
M2128 Glow plug output failure M5102 Rear light output error ON

*
M2202 Starter output error ON M5103 Rear light output error OFF
M2203 Starter output error OFF M5107 Rear light output open circuit
M2207 Starter output open circuit M5128 Rear light output failure
M2228 Starter output failure M5202 PTOL switch error ON
M2302 Starter relay error ON M5221 PTOL switch out of range high
M2303 Starter relay error OFF M5222 PTOL switch out of range low
M2402 Fuel pull relay error ON M5305 PTOL LED short to battery
M2403 Fuel pull relay error OFF M5306 PTOL LED short to ground
M2502 Traction pull relay error ON M5405 Tilt spool lock short to battery
M2503 Traction pull relay error OFF M5406 Tilt spool lock short to ground
M2602 Glow plug relay error ON M5407 Tilt spool lock open circuit
M2603 Glow plug relay error OFF M5432 Tilt spool lock overcurrent
M2721 Throttle primary out of range high M6402 Switched power relay error ON
M2722 Throttle primary out of range low M6403 Switched power relay error OFF
M2821 Throttle secondary out of range high M6505 EEC power short to battery
M2822 Throttle secondary out of range low M6506 EEC power short to ground
M3128 Interrupted power failure M6507 EEC power open circuit
M3204 Workgroup no communication M6604 EEC power no communications
M3304 Deluxe panel no communication M7002 Switched power output error ON
M3505 Hydraulic fan short to battery M7003 Switched power output error OFF
M3506 Hydraulic fan short to ground M7007 Switched power output open circuit
M3507 Hydraulic fan open circuit M7028 Switched power output failure
M3532 Hydraulic fan overcurrent M7102 Electric fan 1 output error ON
M3705 Two-speed secondary short to battery M7103 Electric fan 1 output error OFF
M3706 Two-speed secondary short to ground M7128 Electric fan 1 output failure
M3707 Two-speed secondary open circuit M7202 Electric fan 1 relay error ON
M3732 Two-speed secondary overcurrent M7203 Electric fan 1 relay error OFF

173 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont ’d)

CODE
M7207
M7304
DESCRIPTION
Electric fan 1 relay open circuit
Remote control no communication
CODE
W3251
W3252
DESCRIPTION
Lift actuator short to battery
Tilt actuator short to battery
«1
M7316 Remote control no signal from transmitter W3253 Lift handle / pedal short to ground
M7423 Main controller not programmed W3254 Tilt handle / pedal short to ground
M7472 Main controller in boot code W3255 Lift handle / pedal short to battery
M7497 Main controller software updated W 3256 Tilt handle / pedal short to battery
M7504 Drive no communication W3257 Lift actuator reduced performance
M7604 Left display panel no communication W3258 Tilt actuator reduced performance
M7748 Key switch multiple W3259 Lift actuator wrong direction
M7839 Hourmeter changed W 3260 Tilt actuator wrong direction
M7974 Door open W3261 Handle lock short to ground
W3262 Handle lock short to battery
W3223 ACS calibration required W3263 Pedal lock short to ground
W3224 ACS calibration failed W3264 Pedal lock short to battery
W3231 Tilt actuator fault W3265 Sensor supply voltage out of range
W3232 Tilt actuator wiring fault W3266 Battery voltage out of range
W3233 Tilt handle wiring fault W3267 Handle/pedal switch flipped while operating
W3234 Tilt actuator not in neutral W 3268 Lift handle information error
W3235 Tilt handle / pedal not in neutral W3270 Right hand drive short to ground
W3236 Lift actuator fault W3271 Right hand drive short to battery
W3237 Lift actuator wiring fault W3274 Left joystick X -axis out of range
W3238 Lift handle wiring fault W3275 Interrupted unswitched power

«E
W3239 Lift actuator not in neutral W 3276 CAN joystick information error
W3240 Lift handle / pedal not in neutral W 3277 Remote control information error
W3241 No communication W3905 Left joystick X-axis not in neutral
W3249 Lift actuator short to ground W 4005 Right joystick X -axis not in neutral
W3250 Tilt actuator short to ground W4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral

174 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTROL PANEL SETUP Example

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) Languages

> Icon Identification

Figure 294
Figure 295

y
Press a scroll button
(Item 1) repeatedly until
the Display screen icon
\ IK
(Inset) is highlighted.
Moa 17 Mar BRADY Current Job
3:45 PM 232.5 hrs 456.7 tvs

'Q >
1 1
Select
if: [2. LANGUAGES] ,

:
J /

NA 3025 Select the desired


language .

ICON DESCRIPTION

DATE / TIME i V>

>
1 BRADY I USER / HOURMETER
|23 hrs |
^
P-90385 / NA3025 / NA3012 / NA3023

[CurrentJobl CURRENT JOB HOURS

<!> ACTIVE WARNINGS screen icon

S3 VITALS screen icon

© SERVICE screen icon

O MAIN screen icon

ATTACHMENTS screen icon

SECURITY screen icon

& DISPLAY screen icon

c LEFT SCROLL button

Si
RIGHT SCROLL button

=
l =d n ; A ENTER button

175 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTROL PANEL SETUP ( CONT’D ) The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel is easy to use.
Continue to set your own preferences for running /
Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) monitoring your Bobcat loader.
(Cont’d)

More Examples

Clocks

Select . ..
DISPLAY screen icon
[1. CLOCKS]

SET TIME AND DATE


Select [1. TIME]
Use the keypad to enter date.
Press ENTER to continue.
Use the keypad to enter time.
Select AM / PM / 24hr.
Press ENTER to continue.

RESET JOB CLOCK


(Owner password required if Job Clock is locked.)
Select [2. JOB CLOCK]
Press [4] to cycle between lock and unlock.
Press [9] to reset.

SET ALARM
Select [3. ALARM CLOCK]
Select alarm 1, 2 or 3.
Press [1] to cycle between ON and OFF.
Press [2] and use the keypad to enter alarm time.
Select AM / PM / 24hr.
Press ENTER to continue.
Press [3] to cycle between ONCE, DAILY and
WEEKLY.
Selecting WEEKLY will prompt for a day selection
using number [4].
Press ENTER to continue.

Vitals (Monitor the engine, hydraulic / hydrostatic,


electrical functions when engine is running.)

Select ...
VITALS screen icon
Press [6] to cycle between METRIC or ENGLISH (M /
E) readouts.

You can monitor real-time readouts of:


Engine Speed
Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Coolant Temperature
System Voltage
Hydraulic Charge Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Temperature

«C
176 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) Password Lockout Feature

Password Description

»
This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
feature so that a password does not need to be used
Master Password: every time the engine is started.

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Press the RUN button to turn on the loaders electrical
factory which cannot be changed. This password is system.
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known; or to change the owner Enter the five digit owner password using the number
password. keys (1 through 0).

Owner Password: Figure 297

Allows for full use of the loader. It must be used to


change the owner password.

Changing The Owner Password

Press the RUN button to turn on the loaders electrical


system.
rmics
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0) if locked. i .

2
Figure 296

-
P 90805

Press the unlock key (Item 2 ) [Figure 297] ,

The left panel display screen will show [CODE] ,

m -j
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then become solid.
1 2
The loader can now be started without using a password.

P-90805 NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the


machine lock so that the loader requires a
password to start the engine .
Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2)
[Figure 296] keys for two seconds. Press the RUN button to turn on the loaders electrical
system.
The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
screen will show [ENTER] ,
Press the lock key (Item 1 ) [Figure 297] ,

Enter a new five digit password using the number keys (1 The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel display screen will show [CODE] ,

screen for each key press.


Enter the five digit owner password using the number
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN] . keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,

a» Enter the new five digit password again.

The lock key red light will become solid.


then the lock key red light will become solid.

You must now enter the password every time to start the
loader.

177 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION Changing The Owner Password
PANEL)
Figure 298
Password Setup is available on machines with a Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel.

Password Description
Press a scroll button (Item
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen
(Inset ) is highlighted.
icon <1
All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel
arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked
mode. This means that a password must be used to start
the engine. Enter owner password and
J press [ENTER] ,

For security purposes , your dealer may change the


password and also set it in the locked mode. Your dealer
will provide you with the password .

Master Password:
Select [1. USER
A permanent , randomly selected password set at the SETTINGS] ,

factory which cannot be changed. This password is


used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known; or to change the owner
password.

Owner Password:
Select [1. OWNER] ,

Allows for full use of the loader and to setup the


Deluxe Instrumentation Panel . There is only one
owner password . It must be used to change the owner
or user passwords. Owner should change the
password as soon as possible for security of the
loader.
< d* > «C
Select [2. CHANGE
User Password: PASSWORD]

Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot


change password or any of the other setup features.
>
For the procedures to change passwords (See Changing
The Owner Password on Page 178. ) and ( See Changing
Enter new owner
The User Passwords on Page 179. ) password and press
[ENTER].
You will be prompted to
reenter the new owner
password.

Press [ENTER] ,

P-90399/NA3025/NA3016/NA3031/NA3033/NA3028/NA3015/NA3027
«E
178 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION Password Lockout Feature
PANEL) (CONT’D)
This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
Changing The User Passwords
feature so that a password does not need to be used

* Figure 299 every time the engine is started.


Press a scroll button (Item
2) repeatedly until the Figure 300
Security screen icon Press a scroll button
(Inset) is highlighted. (Item 2) repeatedly until
the Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.

~ •dOm
Enter owner password and
press [ENTER] ,
1 1
Enter owner password
and press [ENTER ] ,

< d* >

Select [1. USER


SETTINGS] ,
>

Select [2 - MACHINE
LOCK] ,

<1
< >

Select user.

9» i> -
<

P-90399 / NA3025 / NA3016 / NA3031

NOTE: The procedure above can be followed to reset


Select [2. CHANGE the machine lock so that the machine requires
PASSWORD] , a password to start the engine.

Enter new user password


and press [ENTER] ,

Press [ENTER] ,


P-90399/NA3025/NA3016/NA3031/NA3033/NA3026/NA3010/NA3027

179 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MAINTENANCE CLOCK Figure 303

Description \
The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next
service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The Maintenance
Clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.
&
BobCAREPM.
PLANNED MAINTENANCE
s >~>
7««
«C
NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE IN; 42 hr
°" 3
Figure 301

©^ILI
ac in *)
V <© >
NA3040

The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel, if equipped, will


display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 303] showing time
® remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when
service is past due. NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE will
P-76461R
change to MAINTENANCE PAST DUE and display the
number of hours past due.
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound
when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned Keys [4] and [9] can be used to adjust the service
maintenance. interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 303].

The remaining hours before maintenance is required will NOTE: Loaders equipped with a Standard Key Panel
appear in the data display (Item 1) for five seconds while or Keyless Start Panel will not display the
the service icon (Item 3) and hourmeter icon (Item 2) BobCARE PMSM message or NEXT

«
[Figure 301] flash. MAINTENANCE TYPE on the right panel.

NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after Setup


counting down to zero.
See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature. ®
The display will then revert back to the previous display
and will appear for five seconds every time the machine Reset
is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Figure 304
Figure 302

«5 BobCAREPM.
PLANNED MAINTENANCE
6

——
J3)J
The maintenance clock has

V
nrr 3 1 expired contact your Bobcat

«© >
«L
J NA3034
[ RESET ] I

Press the information button (Item 2) until the display


P-76455H

The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel, if equipped, will screen (Item 1 ) [Figure 304 ] shows the maintenance
display a message (Item 1 ) [Figure 302] alerting the clock.
operator to service the machine.

This message will remain for 10 seconds and will appear


for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the
maintenance clock is reset.
Press and hold the information button (Item 2) for seven
seconds until [RESET] (Inset) appears in the display
screen (Item 1 ) [Figure 304] ,
«C
180 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS 183


Service Schedule (7167998) 183
Warning (7167993) 186
Warning (7169291) 186
Danger (7167989) 186
Danger (7167990) 186
Danger (7167988) 187
Warning (7168114) 187
Warning (7167994) 188
Warning (7168140) 189
Warning (7168142) 189
Warning (7168138) 190
Warning (7167996) 191
Warning (7184346) 192
Danger (7170355) 192
Warning (6737189) 193
Lift Arm Support Device (7169340) 194
Warning (7168024) 195
Warning (7142141) 196
Warning (7168019) 197

>

* 181 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


^ Bobcat <

«e
182 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
v V V C/)

MSAICGHINNE
CD
3
o
0
C/)
o
IT
0
a
0

TRANSLIO
-
NI

IMPORTANT -CO
CD
v|

A WARNING SERVICE CHECKLIST AND SCHEDULE


OIL & FILTER Check leva . .Hid os needed. Do not overft #. Change o<i and fitter after
..
.

2 SBE PARTS
..
win MMWM is » AC»O «V idutotots wrTh w.9.0 A . f«« # «rr 6iRV CS nmovto *
* * * ‘ •* *«* CO

SlSIitsSMART
EVERY 10 HRS (BEFORE STARTING THE LOADER } ARAE 8 T 0R EXHAUST SYSTEM CO
* •* ENGINE vuj
* Matotocwnt: a Manual lor proper chang interval lor your Model Ha SERVICE . .
50 Mrs. Hum refer to Operation A
* when required. Do oof .
TM« OMAR AWMATORttur >UH »r togtreeb ituatM CUANID ro Kite <t w WOMUMO
«
COMTXTLOM »Mf SPARK AKUTORMum IA MUST til HVK; 0 YOUVfejO Tw|SPAflRCHAMfiSfl
* **., *
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH •* ENGINE AIR FILTERS - Check condition Indicator and or display Service only
use compressed an to down elements.
.
/
BST EVERY 100 MAS ONRATION
4H %QUi MOCLU M ruRHOCHARCLnl11 6/. IOMS Aft f i|
* . MM AB«« 4 ? ;VR AM) MUS * t tHSUl . *
• Keep door closed except for -• ENGINE AIR SYSTEM - Cfwck lor fcakv UKJ rkwH
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Clean debris, from grift
, jed u K
^ oM*cooler .
nt v >uii«<
.,BT condittormr (if eqiwjvxJ), and. radiator. Use Genuine Bobcat CORRECTLYIQH MtOFCM Wteft Aftfl##V ©fl FUNCTION
*
ir THIS MACHINE « OPENAICOOK n.AMMASIC FOREST OMOSH C » ORAS
..*
• S COW WO
service,
;
,

n required Ftopkscw
CI«ecJi coukmt level cold odd coolant mixture - every angkMs coolant 2 ywor Replacement Parts I , .
*
tANO . IT Musrac SOUlPREC WITH A SPARK AHfif SlTORATTACMtO TO THE EXHAUST
*
• Keep engine clean of flammable
.
-- FUEL FILTER • Remove trapped water
. . .
LOADER LIFT ARMS LIFT LINKS CYLINDERS BOB TACH PIVOT & WEDGES - Lubricate with
SYSTEM AND MAINTAINED WORXdrO OROER. f An.I/HE TO MKWlu 0 . IN VKfcATvOh
OTCAlireSNylBWTl LAW Sf ChON W »«C M>|R JO VOCAt.. LAWS ANOREOtrLAt.ONi
TOR SRAftA ARRESTORREOUiREViNTS * *
«
material

• .
multipurpose kiteum toasad aastw
-
• SEAT BELT SEAT BAR AND CONTROL INTERLOCKS Check function Repair or replace OS needed .
*. GENERAL LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS
Keep body, loose objects and Clean dirt amt dnbn trom moving part
clothing away from electrical *
* BIOS •Check lor correct function Cleon dirt and debns from moving parts, lift arid T*lt functions MUST NOT
contacts, moving parts, hot parts
and exhaust .
operate with seat bar raised.
-
•FRONT MORN / BACK UP ALARM Chi* k lor f im function -
=
< \ • TYPICAL GREASE POINTS
-
• TIRES Chock air pressure, Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on s dewa» of tin?.
.*
•GENERAL • Check tor loose or broken parts, dumaged operator cab instrument operation loose wheel nuts or track .
• Do not use loader In space with
sprocket nuts, oil leaks, damaged or missing safely signs (decuts).
explosive dusts or gases or with
flammable materia! near exhaust. • •HYDRAULIC Ftuio • Chock fluid fevot and Olid it raqurad,
•HEATER ANO AIR CONDITIONING FILTERS i» Equipped) Cfean or replace ftHers a needed.- *
• Never use ether or starting fluid EVERY SO HRS
on diesel engine with glow plugs •HYDRAULIC MOSES AND TUBELINES Check to< damage and tor teaks. Repair or replace as needed.
or air intake heater. Use only ••FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CMA1NCASE - Check Iliad l e v e l
on Wheel Machines Only) odd it raquircd
PARKING BRAKE. HYDRAULIC « STEERING CONTROLS (Pedal. Hand and/or Joystick ) - Chock for correct operation
* 1 .

183 starting aids as approved by


engine manufacturer.
Adjust as needed ,

•WHEEL NUTS l TRACK DRIVE SPROCKETS - Cfieck for loose nuts and tighten as needed.
• TRACK TENSION (Track Machines Only) • Check ten&oo and adjust as needed.
/ft
• Leaking fluids under pressure can EVERY 100 HRS i
enter skin and cause serious .
•SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER - Empty spark Chamber (it equipped) See IMPORTANT message on Hus decal M
injury. •BATTERY
EVERY 260 HRS
-
Check battery lor damage, txikl down dumps, cables, coruwchons and dectrulyIt? level Add d«Mkfd water as needed •
v
—~ TT .
• Battery acid causes severe burns;
wear goggles, if acid contacts ••- FUEL FILTER Replace Wux
• Chuck for wear or damage. Adjust slop or replace twit as rKMKted
RADIUS PATH MACHINE
eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
•* OTHER DRIVE BELTS (watm pump;alternator
ENGINE / HYDROSTATIC DRIVE BELT
and tor conditions if equipped) Ch »fck condition Replace iw. needed.
.
water For contact with eyes, * B1CS - ClMick function of Lifl Arm By -Pass control
*
flush and get medical attention . EVERY 500 HRS
• -
m * HYDRAULIC / HYOROSTATIC SYSTEM Replace charge (tan) filter Replace reservoir breathnr cap '
• Battery makes flammable and * HYOROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (Track Machines Only) Replace oil with high performance synthetic oil. See Owner's,
-
explosive gas. Keep arcs, sparks, Manual tor ail spodficabonk
flames and lighted tobacco away. -
* ENGINE VALVES Adjust the engine valves alter tt»i» first 500 hours then rotor to Operation A Maintenance Muruml for proper
adjustment intervals tor your Mortal
• For jump start, connect negative EVERY 1000 HRS
S cable to loader engine last {never •• •HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM - Replace hydraulic titter

650 .
at the battery) After jump start,
remove negative connection at
the engine first.
* HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR • Reptoce fluid
•FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (Chtoncase on Wheel Machines Only) - Replace hold
NOTES v/s7

Operation
V
•Replace ofement sooner if hydrauitc ( titer warning indicator ronumt on tor more than 5 minutes alter hydraulic: fluid ret at operating temperature
-7
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always A Service at 50 Hours, then as scheduled
.
first -
ventilate. .
See Operation & Maintenance Manual for correct feed specifications tutor part nuirtwr and location, and 'ppropriato service interval for your Model
VERTICAL PATH MACHINE
SEE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS. 77531 SW 7I679S&A «nUS

as •11 « a us . ..is as as iik . . a a. a aaa . at

&

MMaiantneucl
Service
Schedul
(

AADVERTENCIA
EVITE LESIONES 0 LA MUERTE
A
LISTA DE CONTROL Y PROGRAMA DEL SERVICIO DE MANTENIMIENTO
CADA 10 HORAS ( ANTES DE ENCENDER LA CARGADORA)
* ACEITE Y FILTRO DEL MOTOR: Control© cl nivoi dc acoto y agroguo mas cantidad si os necesano. No satxocarguc. Cambio cl accito
y oi filtro luogo do las pnmoras 90 boms Luogo. cansiilte «1 Manual de funcionamiento y mantenimieritn para vcr la frscuencia <lo
mantommionto apropiada para cl modem do su maquma.
.
^
SIP
SST SMART
BE PARTS
& SERVICE .
IMPORTANTE
.
LA UUkCMHA vtENE ECMPADA 0 FA8RCA CON UN SISTEMA PE ESCAPE CON PARACM SPAS APROOADO POP EL StPVICtO
FOREStAL DEL US DA CCPAPTAUENiO DE AiiRKULIURA Ol LOS ES TADOS UNIDOS’!

EL SlUENCIAOOR PARACHISPAS SI CODFCSPONDC. 0EEIEIUNTCWIISI UMPIO CON EL PIN DC PKESLRVARLO CNCON0CI0NCS


0 USO. SE DEM REALIZAB EL UANTCKMXNrO DEL SHXNO AOOR PARA'.KISPAS CADA 100 HORAS 0E FUNCIONAMIENTO
*
71698
)

•Mantenga la puerta cerrada, excepto


para efectuar el servicio .
•Mantenga el motor iibro do materialcs
inflamables.
* FILTROS DE AIRE DEL MOTOR; Control© ol indicador do ostado y/o la pantalla. Ropare sdlo coando 3oa nocosario. No utilice lire
compnmido para limpiaf los elementos-
•SISTEMA DE AIRE DEL MOTOR: Vonfiquo si hay perdidas o componontos danados.
acondicionado (si correspond©) y ol radiador. Ventiquo «1 nival do refrigoranto y agroguo si os nocosario. Roomplaoe ol
rofngeranto del motor cada 2 aftos.
•FILTRO DEL COMBUSTIBLE. Retire el agua quo quede acumulada
.
• SISTEMA DE ENFRIAMIENTO DEL MOTOR: Limpic y olimmo la suciodad quo haya on la pairilta, ol rofngoranta do accito ol airo
Utilice piezas Bobcat
originales de repuesto
«
EN ALQUNQS MOOELOS,EL TU 6CCOM»BES©R FVNCIONA COMO PARACMSPAS V DEM OPCRAR CORRECTAMENTC PAPA
CUMPUli ADECUADAMENTE ESA RMOON

SI LA MAOUINA SE UTIUZA EN BGSQUES INPLAAtABLES O CN SUPERFICIES CU6IERTA8 POR MALEZA O PASTO CERE
.
ESTAR CCLPPADA CON UN PARACNlSPAS COLOCACO EN CL SISTEMA DC ESCAPE COE CEDE FLMCIONAB

.
PCRfECTAMENTE. EL MlUMPCMiEVTO DC LO EXPftESADO ANTEFIIOflMENTE CONSirTUYl UNA VIOCAOON A LA LEY
.
DEL ISTAEO DC CAUFORMA SEC.CION LMJ DEL COOKJO DE RCCURSOS PUOUCOS CONSULTE LOS REOULSITOS DC
. Cont
d
)

LOS MMCHU9WS EN LAS LEYES Y RE5ULACIONES LOCALES.


•BRAZOS DE ELEVAClON, CONECTORES DE ELEVACION, CILINDROS, PIVOTE Y CUNAS BOB- TACH: Lutxiqua con engrasadOT multiuSO a base do lino. z
•Mantenga el cuerpo. los objetos sueltos .
•CINTURON DE SEGURIDAO APOYABRAZOS Y SEGUROS DE CONTROL: Vonfiquo si luncionan correctamento. Roparo o roomplaco segdn soa nocosario.
Umpio la suciodad y los deseebos do las piezas on movimionto. H
y la ropa alojados de los contactos
. . DIAGRAMAS GENERALES DE LUBRICACJON
electricos las piezas en movimionto
las piezas calientes y los escapes.
•Sistoma de ooclavamionto de controtes Bobcat (SICS) Verifiquo si tunciona de manora corrects. Umpio la suciodad y los desoebos do las pie/as mdvdos.
Las tunctonos do inclination y elevacion NO SE DE8EN ejocutar con la barra do asionto otovada.
•BOCINA DELANTERA y ALARMA DE RETROCESO: Vonfiquo quo tuncionon corroctamonto =
< A % PUNTOS DE ENGRASE HABITUALES
d
•NEUMATICOS: Vonfiquo la presidn do airo Inlle los noumaticos a la presidn MAXIMA, como so muostra on ol laiorai del neumatico.
•No utilice la cargadora en espacios que •GENERAL: voritiquo quo no haya pieras susttas o rotas, quo la cabina dol oporador no so oncuontro daftada ol funcionamionto do los mstrumontos y
contengan polvo, gasos explosivos o quo las tuorcas do las ruodas o las tuercas dol engranajo do traccion no oston flojas. Control© tamtuen las fugas do aco<to y la sonalizacion do sogundad
material inflamable cerca del escape. .
dariada o taltanto (otiquotas)
* FLUIDO HIDRAULICO Control© ol rove) do fluido y agroguo sagun soa nocosario.
•Nunca utilice eter o liquido de arranque •FILTROS DEL CALEFACTOR Y DEL AIRE ACONDICIONADO (si corrospondo): Lrnipio y roomplaco los filtros sogun soa nocosario.
on un motor diesel con bujias CADA SO HORAS
incandescentes o calentador en la •MANGUERAS HIDRAUUCAS Y TUBOS. Voritiquo quo no haya dados m (ugas. Roparo o rccmplaco sogun soa nocosario.
entrada de airo. Utilice sdlo los aditivos • TRANSMISlON FINAL (sdlo on los GUARDACADENAS do maquinas con ruodas): Controlo el nivoi de iluido y agreguo segim soa nocosario.
• CGNTROLES DE DlRECClON. SISTEMA HIDRAULICO Y FRENO DE ESTACIONAMIENTO (pcdalos, controlos manuales y/o paianca do mando). Voritiquo si funcionan correctamento


para el arranque aprobados por el .
Ajusto sogun soa nocosario.

184 fabricante del motor.

•Las fugas de liquido bajo presidn


pueden penotrar la piel y provocar
•TUERCAS DE RUEDAS / ENGRANAJES DE TRANSMISlON DE LA TRACCION: Voritiquo quo las tuorcas no estdn suettas y ajustulas sogun soa nocosario.
•TENSION DE LA BANDA DE TRACCION (Sdlo on maquinas do traccion): Vonfiquo la tension y ajuste sogun soa nocosario
CADA 100 HORAS
f
r*Y ;
!
. >V
\ -XT;
\\
lesiones graves . • SILENCIADOR PARACHISPAS: Vbcio la camara do chispas ( s> correspond©). Presto atoncidn al mensajo IMPORTANTE de octa otiquota. V V
.
• BATERiA: Varittque que no haya dados en la bateria las grapes do sujeciones, los cables, las conexiones y el nivoi de oiectrolrtos. Agreguo agua destilada si es necesano.
•El dcido de la bateria produce CADA 250 HORAS
"* «;
quemaduras graves. Use anteojos a •FILTRO DE COMBUSTIBLE. Rccmplaco ol filtro.
protectores. Si el acido entra en A • CORREA iMPULSORA HIDROSTATSCA/MQTOR: Controle que no so encuentren gastados o danados. Ajuste ol tope o roomplaco sogun sea necosario.
MAQUINA DE TRAYECTORIA RADIAL
.
contacto con los ojos la piel o la ropa . •0TR0S CiNTURONES DE SEGURIDAD (bomba de agua, aitemador y airo acondicionado, si correspond©). Vonfiquo coal es su ostado. Roomplaco segdn soa nocosario.
enjuague con agua. En caso de ontrar •Sistoma do ooclavamionto do controlos Bobcat (BIOS): Voritiquo cl funcionamionto dot control do dorivacidn dot brazo do elevacion.
en contacto con los ojos, onjuaguelos y

ft:
CADA 500 HORAS L
soiicite atencion medica de inmediato. SISTEMA HfORAULlCQ/HlDROSTATSCO: Roomplaco el filtro do carga (vontilador). Roomplaco la cubiorta del respiradoro del depdsito .
•PORTADOR DEL MOTOR HIDROSTATICO (sdlo en maquinas de traccion): Reemplace el aceile por aceite slntetico de alto rendimierito, Consulte las especificaciones
A

•La bateria genera gas inflamable y del accito on cl Manual del propictario.
explosivo. Mantenga alcjados los arcos, •VALVULAS DEL MOTOR: Ajusto las v&vuias dol motor luogo do las prmioras 500 noras do uso, luogo consulte el Manual do funcionamioruo y mantonimionto
las chispas, las llamas y el tabaco para ver la trecuoncia de mantenimiento adecuada para ol modelo do su maquma
encendido . CADA 1000 HORAS
SISTEMA HIDRAULICO/HIDROSTATICO: Roomplaco ol filtro hidraulico.
S •Para roalizar un puente de arranque, * a •* DEPOSITO HIDRAULICO; Roempiace el fluido.
conecte en ultimo lugar el cable •TRANSMISlON FINAL (solo on los guardacadenas de maquinas con ruodas). Roomplace ol fluido.

650
y
VfS •>
nogativo ai motor do la cargadora 7.
.
(nunca a la bateria) Despuos del
.
NOTAS;
* Rcompiaco ol olemento cuanto amor, si ci indicador do advortoncia dol filtro hidraulico pormanoco oncondido durante mas do 5 minutos luogo de quo ol fluido hidraulico
U
/
-A I

Operation
puonto do arranque retire en primer haya aicaruado la temjioratura do tuncioniunianto . V
i
lugar la conexion negativa del motor. A Rcalico un servicio de mantonimionto despuos do las primoras 50 horas y, luogo, sogun el programs.
•Los gases del escape pueden ser letales. apropiada jxira roalizar ol mantonimionto a su modelo do maquma .
. .
Consulte el Manual da funcionamionto y mantenimiento acerca de las ospccificacioncs do flutdos los numoros do piezas do filtros y las ubicacioncs asi como la frocuoncia

Ventile siempre. MAQUINA DE TRAYECTORIA VERTICAL


CONSULTE EL MANUAL DE FUNCIONAMIENTO Y MANTENIMIENTO PARA OBTENER MAS INFORMACION E INSTRUCCIONES. 77581 SW 71G7998A esAR
n MU I HI III II II ini til i III III II

&

MMaiantneucl
fk A A
V v V
Service
Schedul
(

AAVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DE BLESSURE OU DE MORT
A
LISTE DE VERIFICATION ET PERIODICITE DES ENTRETIENS
TOUTES LES 10 H (AVANT DE OEMARRER LA CHARGEUSE)
- .
•HUILE MOTEUR ET FilTRE Verifier le niveau et faites (’appoint an besom Me depasser pas le niveau indique
Changer I’huile et le tiltro apres los 50 premieres heores, puis consultez le manud d'utilisation et d’entretien pour connaitro la
IVIi IBE PARTS -
OES GtATS UNIS lU S DA FOKEtsTHY SEHW G).

« -
IMPORTANT
arm MACHINS GST EOOM'EI: EN USING CUN WEEMUEUX rvuia triNCEiLEs APPHOUVE PAW U SGKVICC oes font
.
»
II ESI AI/isi'EN^Aea Of CABDEHC£ MUMUGUX PHOPHE Af IN IJE EE MAINTfNRH EN CN EW IX FONCrtWVNtMGNt
E'ENtHEtiEN tXI WUNOEUH W G tTINCEUGS IXMT SfFFGCTUEH EN VIOANt LACMMNINE A tTMCEUCt TOUTES EES
71698
)

Cont
poriodicite de changomont d'huilo approprioo pour votre moddo, 100 NtUHES DUhUSAflON

•Gardez la porte formee sauf pour des •FILTRES A AIR DU MOTEUR Verifier I’indicateur d’etat et/ouI'aflicliage N'effectuer que I’entretien necessaire.
- SUMCERtAMS MOOtif >> EE TWTOQCOMPrttiSSGOH FAir OFFICE OE hM «.£TWCEEUS ET VOir tint ENttON EIAJ DE
operations d'entretien . N'utilise/ pas d'air comprmte pour nettoyer los elements.
• CIRCUIT DE VENTILATION DU MOTEUR •Verifier I'ctnncheito ct I’dtat des elements
Utilises dos piecos do rochange
Bobcat d'origine
FCiNCTiONNtMGNT POUFt ASSuWB CETTE FONCTlON.

•CIRCUIT DE REFROlDISSEMENT DU MOTEUR •Otoz los debris da la grille, du rofroidissour d’huila, du climatiseur (le cas echcant) 61 CETTE MACKNC E 6T 'jTILtS£E CN ZONE DE FOHtTS. DC SftOUSSAIELES OU D'MEIIBAGES FMitSENTANT CCS HiSQUES
D'MCENDIE CUE DOIT ETRE EOUIPCE DUN PAFtC-CTMCGLLES AJOUTt AU CIRCUIT B CCHAFPCMCNT CT MAINTCNU EN ’
•Dobarrassoz le moteur do tout et du radiateur. Verifier le niveau du Uquide de retroidissement a trod et faites I'appoint au besoin. Remplacer te liquide de BON ETAT DC MARCHE. LE NON RESPCCT OE CETTE OBLIGATION CONTOEViENT A LA LOI DC L ETATIX CAUFORNIE. d
materiau inflammable.

•Maintenez le corps, les objets mobiles


et les vetements a i'ecart des contacts
rofroidisscmont tous los ans

-
2

.
• FILTRE D’ALIMENTATION Retire/ I'eau pidgoo.
•BRAS DE LEVAGE DE LA CHARGEUSE, ARTICULATIONS DE LEVAGE. VERINS, PIVOT ET CALES DU BOB-TACH - Gra sser avec une graisse
multi usages a base de Irthium.
•CEINTURE DE SECURITE, ARCEAU DE SiEGE ET VERROUILLAGE DES COMMANDES Venficz to bon fonctionnomoot. Roparer ou romplacez les au bosom.
. -
SECTION «<4Z- PRC. PEFORTCZ-VIXIS AUX lit GLEMENTATtONS LOCALES POUR LES EXIGENCES APPLICABLE! DANS
VOTRE CAE- EN MATItRE EC PARE ETWCELLES.
)

—I
electriques, des pieces mobiles, des - SCHEMAS GENERAUX DE GRAISSAGE
pieces brulantes et de l echappement . Slimmer toute trace de salete ou tout debris des pieces mobiles
•BICS - Vdrifioz son bon fonctionnomoot Ehminoz tos saiotos ct los debns dos pieces mobiles, Les fonctions do lovago ot do cavago NE DOiVENT PAS
= • POINTS DE GRAISSAGE TYPIQUES
< A
d
fonctionnor lorsquo I'arcoou do stogo ost rolovo.
•N'utilisez pas la chargeuse dans des -
• AVERTISSEUR AVANT / ALARME DE MARCHE ARRIERE Verifier sort bon fonctlonnement.
lieux contenant des poussieres ou des • PNEUS - Verifier la pression. Gontler a la pression MAXIMALE indiquoe sur la parm du pnou.
gaz explosifs ou avoc des matdriaux -
•GENERAUTES Verifier touto pioco dossorroo ou ondommagoo. lo bon dtat do la cabino do I'oporatour. to fonctlonnomont dos instruments, lo sorrago
inflammables a proximitb de I’dchappement. des ecrous de roues ou des ecrous de galets de clienilles, les furtes dtiuile, les autocollants abintes ou manquarrts
•FLUIDE HYDRAULIQUE V6rifioz lo niveau du tluido ot faites I'appoint lo cas Ochoant.
- • %

•N'utilisez jamais d ether ou de llquide -


•FlLTRES DU CHAUFFAGE ET DU CLIMATISEUR ( to cas ochoant) Nottoyor ou romplacoz los filtros solon to bosoin.
d aide au demarrage sur les moteurs TOUTES LES SO H
diesel equipes do bougies de prechauffage •HUILE HYDRAULIQUE, FLEXIBLES ET CONDUITES - Verifier pour toute presence do dommage et de fuite. Eftectuor les reparations ou tos rempiacements requis.
ou de rechauffeur d’air d’admission.
-
• TRANSMISSION FINALE (CARTER DE CHAINE, machines sur roues uniquoment) Verifier le niveau du fluido et fortes I’appoint si nccossaire.
Utilise / uniquement des aides au • FREIN DE STATIONNEMENT. COMMANDES HYDRAULIQUES ET DE DIRECTION (Pedales , pmgnee et/ou manipulates) Verifier leur bon fonctlonnement. -
.
185
demarrage approuvecs par le fabricant Ettectuer tes rogiages necessaims
du moteur. -
• ECROUS DE ROUES / BARBOTINS D’ENTRAINEMENT FINAL Venficz to sorrago des ecrous resscrrez les si necessaire. . - r c::;
-
• TENSION DES CHENILLES (machines a chenilles uniquement) Venfiez la tension et effectuez tos regiages necessaires.
i/
•En cas de fuite, le liquids sous pression Mi
peut penCtrer dans la peau et provoqucr
des biessures graves .
TOUTES LES 100 H
-
• SlLENCIEUX PARE ETINCELLES Vide/ la chambre a elmcefles (to cos eclieant). Consultez le message IMPORTANT de cet autocollant.
-
• BATTERIE - Verifier quo la battoho n'ost pas ondommagoo, voriftoz los brides do rotonuo, los cables, tos connexions ot to niveau d’otoctrolyto.
Faites au besomI’appoint d’eau distiltoe.
u ;V

•L'acide d'une batteric provoquc dos


brulures graves; portez dos lunettes de
protection. En cas de contact d' acide sur .
TOUTES LES 250 H
-
m FILTRE D’ALIMENTATION Romplacoz to filtre.
.
LEVAGE EN ARC DE CERCLE
les yeux, la peau ou les vetements , rincez -
a • COURROIE D'ENTRAiNEMENT HYDROSTATIQUE / MOTEUR Vdnfiez qu'ello n'ost nl usOo ni ondommagoo. Aiustoz la botOo ou lomplacer la counoio au bosoin
abondamment a I'eau. En cas de contact - -
• AUTRES COURROIES (pompe a eau/altemateur et climatiseur te cas echeant) Verifier I'etat Remplacer au besoin
• BICS - Venfiez le bon fonctlonnement de la commando de derivation des bras de levage .
. .
sur les yeux, rincez abondamment et \
consultez immediatement un medecin. TOUTES LES 5GO H
* * CIRCUIT HYDROSTATIQUE / HYDRAULIQUE • Remplacer to fiitro de charge ( vontilatour). Romottoz lo capochon ronlflard du reservoir
•La battorie gonero des gaz inflammables -
•PORTE MOTEUR HYDROSTATIQUE (machines sur chenilles uniquement } Remplacer I'huile par de fhuito synthetique haute performance.
-
. -
et explosifs Maintenez ta a I'ecart des Consultez to monucl du propridtairo pour les specifications sur I'huito
-
• SOUPAPES DU MOTEUR • Ajustcz tos soupapos du moteur apros los 500 premieres houres. puis roportoz vous au manuol d'utilisabon ot d'ontrotion pour
arcs, des etincelles, des flammes et des
la pdrtodictte appropnee de rdglage des soopapes de votre modete . -
cigarettes allumeos.
TOUTES LES 1000 H
S •En cas de demarrage force, connectez le HYDROSTATIQUE / HYDRAULIQUE - Remplacez te filtre hydruultquc
* •• CIRCUIT r.
650 cable negatif au moteur de la chargeuse
.
on dernier (jamais a la batteric) Apres un
demarrage force, retirez en premier la
connexion negative au moteur .
RESERVOIR HYDRAULIQUE - Remplacer to fkude
. -
• TRANSMISSION FINALE (carter de chaines machines sur roues uniquement) Remplacer lo tluido.
REMARQUES : V
// /
// /
x

Operation
Remplacez I'element plus tot si to temoin divertissement du tiltre hydraulique reste allumd pendant plus de 5 minutes, une fois qoe to hmde hydraulique (V W
•Les gaz d'bchappement peuvent etre
mortels. Veillez a toujours aerer la zone .
*
A
a attaint la tomporaturo dc fonctionnomont .
Eftectuez I'entretien apres 50 heures, puis selon to tableau.
.
Consultez te manuol d'utilisation et d'entretien pour tes specifications sur les fluides to numero de piece et (’emplacement du frtlre, el la poriodicite d'entretien appropnee pour votre modOte .
W- Ai
- y
LEVAGE VERTICAL
CONSULTEZ LE MANUEL D'UTILISATION ET D'ENTRETIEN POUR DES INSTRUCTIONS ET DES INFORMATIONS SUPPLEMENTAIRES 77581 SW 7IC7998A frCA

&

MMaiantneucl
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’ D ) Danger (7167989)

Warning (7167993)

A WARNING \ _ —L %
A DANGER
AVOID DEATH
•Keep out of this area when lift arms are
raised unless supported by an approved
«e
t
W ' TIPPING, ROLLOVER OR LOSS OF
VISIBILITY CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
% lift arm support device.
•Moving lift arm control or failure of a part
can cause lift arms to drop.
i B inii- mm ift ilia lit
'
it s

CARRY LOAD LOW


ml'mSmmm
.'V..
A PELIGRO
AADVERTENCIA i® \ EVITE MUERTES
•Mantengase alejado del area cuando los brazos de
IT elevacion esten elevados, a menos que cuenten con

m : LOS TRASTORNOS O LA PeRDIDA V un dispositivo de sostbn aprobado.


DE LA VISIBILIDAD LM aaL JStL— •Si se mueve el control de los brazos de etevacibn o si
.
falla alguna de las piezas, es posible que bstos se caigan
PUEDEN PROVOCAR HERIDAS GRAVES
t O LA MUERTE

LLEVE LA CARGA BAJA A DANGER


RISQUE MORTEL
AAVERTISSEMENT f aSA Restez eloigne de cette zone si les bras de levage sent
.
releves sauf sils sont maintenus par un arretoir de

|f c
UN BASCULEMENT, UN TONNEAU OU
UNEPERTEDEVISIBILITE
PEUVENT ENTRAlNER DES BLESSURES GRAVES
\ bras de levage approuve.
Le deplacement de la commande des bras de levage
ou une pibce defectueuse peuvent provoquer la chute
des bras de levage .
VOIRE MORTELLES • , Ht I IN

t GARDEZ LA CHARGE Danger (7167990 )


PRES DU SOL

«e
S III I IU) U M II tfl III B tl I

Warning ( 7169291)
J
A DANGER
AVOID DEATH
A •Attachment can be forced against the
A WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND CAUSE
1 Iff , -
-tt
ground and cause front frame to raise.
•Never go under or reach under lift arms
or lift cylinder without an approved lift
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. DO NOT OPEN CYLINDER. arm support device installed.

A®0 wmmmmmmm u ii iiiit:!ii m mimi miin mi mu mum mu mmi i w


A PELIGRO
EVITE MUERTES
• El accesorio puede ejercer presibn contra el suelo y
.
A ADVERTENCIA
EL GAS DE ALTA PRESlON PUEDE CAUSAR QUE LA VARILLA SE SUELTE Y
7
hacer que la estructura delantera se eleve
•Nunca se posicione por debajo de la parte inferior de
los brazos o el cilindro de elevacion sin un dispositivo
PROVOCAR LE5IONES GRAVES 0 LA MUERTE,NO ABRA EL OLINDRO. rji itm
de sosten aprobado .
*NTIB i mi nmt»nra litmnwnAN
« nn

A 0
73403 SW
ic ianninmi m $ m.11 me 7169291 esAR J
miHIIIIII HI m i w
A DANGER
RISQUE MORTEL
• Un accessoire peut eve force contre le sol et
provoquer le soulevement du cadre avant .
AAVERTISSEMENT • Ne vous placez jamais et ne tendez jamais les mains
sous les bras et verins de levage, sauf s'ils sont
LE GAZ SOUS HAUTE PRESSION PEUT CAUSER UN MOUVEMENT DE LA DGE ET
. .
ENTRAlNER BLESSURESGRAVES VOIRE MORTELLES.NE DESASSEMBLEZ PAS LE VERIN
maintenus par un arretoir de bras de levage approuvb .

A9\ ® 0 ^5?] It Ul ll liMttll tlLSlt lt II lilltl lll II III W

186 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS ( CONT ’ D)

Danger (7167988 )

> ?

\
X
A DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part
failure can cause lift arms to drop.
Keep out of this area when lift arms are
raised unless supported by an approved lift
arm support. Replace if damaged.
y
y
73161 SW 7167988 enUS .
Ill III III 1111111illII! 11! 111! 1111 ill 1II lit! IHI III I

A PELIGRO
EVITE MUERTES
• Si se desconecta o afloja algun tubo, manguera, accesorio o
componente hidraulico o si falla alguna de las piezas, es
posible que los brazos de elevacion se caigan.
• Mant ngase alejado del area cuando los brazos de elevacion
^
esten elevados, a menos que cuenten con un dispositivo de
sosten aprobado. Si se encuentran danados, cambielos.

y
7316) SW 7167988 ©sAR
ii iinmitnii nan mu m ut ii ii

> . -u- W
A DANGER
RISQUE MORTEL
•le debranchement ou le desserrage de conduites,
X raccords, tuyaux ou composants hydrauliques ou une
piece hydraulique defaillante peuvent entrainer une
chute des bras de levage.
•Restez eloigne de la zone ou les bras de levage sont
releves, sauf s'ils sont maintenus par un arretoir de bras
de levage approuve. Remplacez-les en cas de dommages.
,
7167988 f CA .
i mi II i mini iMill Mill

Warning (7168114)

A WARNING AADVERTENCIA A AVERTISSEMENT

187 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)

Warning (7167994)

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

r oT KKn?T’\
*
iv , *v
1
Never use the loader without
instructions. Read Operation Never modify equipment or use
& Maintenance Manual and On slopes, keep heavy end
attachments not approved by
of loader uphill.
Handbook. Bobcat Company.

-\
LJ V % t
-
•V - > V 'J

Do not travel or turn with lift arms up.


Fasten seat belt securely .
Use seat bar. Load unload and turn on flat level ground.
Keep feet on pedals or foot rests. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity
( see sign on loader).
73161 SW 7167994 eoUS
a lit inmimi HUB in in n it

A ADVERTENCIA
EVITE LESIONES O LA MUERTE

Nunca utilice la cargadora


sin Jeer las instruction©
*.
Lea elManual de funcionamiento
y mantenimiento .
Nunca modifique el equip© o utilice
accesor ios que no estOn aprobados
por Bobcat Company.
.
En las pendientes mantenga el lado
con la carga cuesta arriba.
«e
(k f .
t v
No se desplace ni gire con las brazos de
Ajustese el cinturon de seguridad. elevacidn elevados.
Utilice la barra del asiento. Cargue, descargue y gire sobre superficies
Mantenga Ios pies sobre Ios lisas y niveladas.
pedales o sobre el area No exceda la Capacidad maxima de operation
de apoyo de Ios pies. (comulte las indicaciones en la cargadora).
73161 SW 7167994 WAR
If Iff H tliltll tl II rittllC Ilf lit IIB

A AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DE BLESSURE OU DE MORT
V

N utilisez jamais la chargeuse sans


les instructions. Lisez le guide et le
Ne modiftez jamais !‘6qu>pement et
manuel d'utilisation et d’entretien. n'utilisez jamais d'accessoires qui ne Sur les pentes, maintenez le cdttf
sont pas approuvbs par Bobcat Company . lourd de la chargeuse vers le haut.

11 % <
«c
<•
t
Ne virez pas et ne deplacez pas la machine quand
Attachez bien votre ceinture de security. les bras sont relevds.
.
Utilisez I'arceau de siege
Gardez les pieds sur les pOdales
.
Chargez dechargez et virez uniquemenl sur gn sol
plat et horizontal
et les repose-pieds. Ne depassez jamais la capacite operationnelle
(consultez I'autocollant sur la chargeuse).
73161 SW /16799« frtA
mmm a m BMIII un ittitt JIKM iti

188 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS ( CONT’D) Warning (7168142)

»
Warning (7168140)

A WARNING
A WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
TO LEAVE THE LOADER:
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
TO LEAVE THE LOADER:
If 25 . J
|f C

Ji:- Sr
p.-
^A L/ x*
I
Lower the lift arms.
V Put attachment fiat on ground. Stop the engine.
Lower the lift arms.
Put attachment flat on ground. Stop the engine.
<D ® JfVt
®
(®)
Engage the brake.
¥•'1
Raise seat bar.
Move pedals and hand
Engage the brake.
73196 SW
Raise seat bar.
7168142 enUS
controls until both lock. mmmmmmmmmmm it : tu III IMII tit in uitnti IBHII III
73196 SW 7168140 enUS
II: III IIIHill II II II II ill mi III II II

AADVERTENCIA
A ADVERTENCIA EVITE LESIONES 0 LA MUERTE
EVITE LESIONES 0 LA MUERTE AL RETIRARSE DE LA CARGADORA:
AL RETIRARSE DE LA CARGADORA:
© ©

» ^^
(D J

^^
PARf
'l PAR
Baje los brazos de elevacion,
Coloque el accesorio en el suelo. Detenga el motor.
Baje los brazos de elevacion,
Coloque el accesorio en el suelo. Detenga el motor.

G>
®
(@)
®
Levante la barra del asiento .
Mueva los pedales y los controles
(®) Levante la barra del asiento.
Conecte el freno. Conecte el freno.
manuales hasta que se bloqueen. 73196 SW 7168142 esAR
mmmmmmmmmm it i tin in IIIIIIIII in m II IIHR in uaaini
7J196 SW
.
7168140«AR
ii in III mi ii ii ii i ii mi HI ill ii

AAVERTISSEMENT AAVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DE BLESSURE OU DE MORT RISQUE DE BLESSURE OU DE MORT
POUR QUITTER LA CHARGEUSE : POUR QUITTER LA CHARGEU SE :

© -JS T
11
Q ®
A~§|
® r\
>
fRRETj
Baissez les bras de levage . Baissez les bras de levage.
Placet I'accessoire a plat sur le sol. Arretez le moteur. Placez I'accessoire a plat sur le sol . Arr ® ez le moteur.
*
(D ®

3» Serrez le frein.
Relevez I'arceau de si£ge.
Bougez les commandes manuelles et
celles au pied jusqui
.
se verrouillent
' ce qu'elles
(®) Serrez le frein. Relevez I'arceau de si£ge.
73196 SW 7168140 frCA 73I96 SW 7168142 ftCA
iiinnimm ii II fi in it! mmmusisni II m ui mi lit in i n mi in II n

189 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)

Warning (7168138)

AWARNING AADVERTENCIA AAVERTISSEMENT <


5 5

\
*
UNEXPECTED LOADER , EL MOVIMIENTOINESPERADO UN MOUVEMENT ACCIDENTEL
LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT DELACARGADORA, DE L'ACCESSOIRE,
EL BRAZO DE ELEVACION DES BRAS DE LEVAGEOU DE
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB LACHARGEUSE PROVOQUE
CONTACT WITH CONTROLS 0 EL ACCESORIO PROVOCADOS
POR ELCONTACTODELA PAR UN CONTACT DES COMMANDES
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS PAR LA CABINE PEUT ENTRAlNER
INJURY OR DEATH CABINA CON LOS CONTROLES
DES BLESSURES GRAVES,
PUEDEN PROVOCAR VOIRE MORTELLES
HERIDAS GRAVES 0 LA MUERTE

<
•STOP ENGINE before
raising or lowering cab. •DETENGA EL MOTOR antes de
•ARRETEZ LE MOTEUR avant de relever
ou de baisser la cablne.
elevar o bajar la cabina.
73196 SW 7168138 enUS 73196 SW 7168138 esAR 73196 SW 7168138 fiCA
18iISBS K Hit III ] 11 I 1; IK 1i m t i u i in n iiin i iii
!tininim HE mIIIinIBmiinini ii mn ii till m it 118 ii III111« Ut II Ii

«c
190 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS ( CONT’ D)

Warning (7167996)

A WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


• Never carry riders.
• Never use loader as a man lift
or work platform.
IMIII mi linn ritm in m ii ii

'
AADVERTENCIA

9» <— >
EVITE LESIONES O LA MUERTE
•Nunca lleve ocupantes .
•Nunca utilice la cargadora para levantar personas
o como plataforma de trabajo.

J
AAVERTISSEMENT

— ILffPI

*
RISQUE DE BLESSURE OU DE MORT
• Ne transportez jamais de passagers .


• N'utilisez jamais la chargeuse pour
soulever
des personnes ni comme plate-forme de travail.

7 J161 SW 7167996 ftCA A


_

» ui u i iin ti iiimu iinu iin


^

191 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’ D )

Warning (7184346 )

A WARNING
reM
A HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
•4 CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt tor additional restraint when operating at high
range speeds. 76193 SW 7184346 enUS
a KtiiMinaniitHaHi

A ADVERTENCIA
ci LAS COUSIONES CONTRA OBSTRUCCIONES A ALTAS VELOCIOADES

> 4 PUEDEN CAUSAR LESIONES GRAVES O LA MUERTA.


Ajustese el cinturon de seguridad de hombro para mayor seguridad al trabajar
a altas velocidades. 76193 SW 7184346 esAR
HI in iii iititi un i ii ill ii

AAVERTISSEMENT
y$\ HEURTER DES OBSTACLES EN GAMME RAPIDE PEUT
PROVOQUER DES BLESSURES GRAVES, VOIRE MORTELLES
Bouclez la ceinture diagonale pour une protection supplpmentaire en
gamroe rapide . 76193 SW 7184346 IrCA
ii i i mi n mi mi i it HI II

Danger (7170355 )

111 UJ
DC Ii

y <
A DANGER

yC\
si
o 1
2
AVOID DEATH
Disconnecting hydraulic lines can cause
= 2
1

the lift arms or attachment to drop.


= < z i
a^
= Q ’ Always use an approved lift arm support
«*1
when lift arms are in a raised position .
5
II

li Occ ii'
y
A PELIGRO

^A
yK
EVITE MUERTES
* Si se desconectan lav Hneas hidraulicas,
es posible que ios bra/os de etevadbn o
UJ los aecesorios e caigan.
*
Q-
4 *
•Utilice siempre un dispositive de sostbn
aprobado de los brazos de elevacibn cuando

I! it bstos esten elevados.

5: rr IP

y
l! UJ !i* A DANGER
RISQUE MORTEL
2
2i •U d£branchement de$ conduites hydrauliques
l E peut provoquer la chute de bras de levage
ou de I'accessoire. *
=
i Q
I
4< IS! •Utilise2 toujour un arrbtoir de bras de levage
*
approuvb lorvque le bras ont en position
* *
n
?!
*
relevee.

«C
192 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT ’ D)

Warning (6737189)

> IAWARNINGI
THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH A BACK- UP ALARM.

ALARM MUST SOUND!


WHEN OPERATING THIS VEHICLE IN REVERSE.
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN A CLEAR VIEW
IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL COULD
RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
THE OPERATOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
THE SAFE OPERATION OF THIS VEHICLE.

%.
71848 SW 6737189B enUS
mi II ilium II min mini m min mumu in mil urn mu min mu i w

A ADVERTENCIA
ESTE VEHlCULO ESTA EQUIPADO CON UNA ALARMA
DE ALERTA DE RETROCESO
jLA ALARMA DEBE SONAR!

*
CUANDO RETROCEDA ESTE VEHfCULO.

NO MANTENER UNA VISTA CLARA EN


LA DIRECClON DONDE VIAJA PUEDE RESULTAR
EN LESIONES GRAVES O FATALIDADES.
EL OPERADOR ES RESPONSABLE DE
LA OP6 RACI0N SEGURA DE ESTE VEHlCULO.

71848 sw 6737189B ar
mi II ilium II min mini in nun inn inn mu inn inn inn linn inn i w

A ADVERTISSEMENT
CE VEHICULE EST EQUIPE D UNE ALARME DE RECUL.
L ALARME DOIT FONCTIONNER !
LORSQUE VOUS UTILISEZCE VEHICULE EN
MARCHE ARRlERE.
NE PAS AVOIR UNE VUE DEGAGEE DANS LE
SENS DE LA MARCHE PEUT ENTRAlNER
DES BLESSURES GRAVES, VOIRE MORTELLES.
LOPERATEUR EST RESPONSABLE DE LA SECURITE
LORS DE L'UTILISATION DE CE VEHICULE.

9» 71848 sw 6737189B fr
nil n nniiii n min nun in nun inn inn inn inn inn inn nun inn i

193 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


r.
TO INSTALL APPROVED LIFT
ARM SUPPORT P/N 7158459:
1 . Remove attachment from
loader.
2. Stay in seat while second o
Lift Arm Support

S
Lift Arm

Lift Cylinder

O
TO REMOVE LIFT ARM SUPPORT:
1. Raise lift arms while second
person removes lift arm support
from cylinder rod.
>
-n
3
V)
c
D
TJ
O
MSAICGHINNE
Lift Arm Support
3.
person removes lift arm support

TRANSLIO
G 2. Stay in seat until the lift arms are O
from storage position. O O
lowered all the way. (D

3. Raise lift arms while second 3. Return lift arm support to storage <
O
person positions lift arm support position and secure with CD
against cylinder rod.
4. Lower lift arms slowly until lift
arm support is held securely
f jI V .. -J..
f clamping knobs.
O)
CO
between lift arm and cylinder. STORAGE POSITION INSTALLED POSITION XMF & LFL Vertical Path Lift Arms / 6044 SW 7169340A o»US
p
o
.
CO
(
i a u§ im MU 4
*»8 *11m at a

PARA INSTALAR EL SOSTEN DEL Brazo de elevacion c PARA RETIRAR EL SOSTEN DEL BRAZO
CONT
D
)

BRAZO DE ELEVACION APROBADO, Sosten del braze DE ELEVACION:


N.° DE PIEZA 7158459: de elevacic
1. Eleve los brazos de elevacion mientras que otra
1. Retire el accesorio de la cargadora. Cilindro de
elevacion persona retira el sosten del brazo de elevacion
2. Permanezca en el asiento mientras que otra
' : de la variila del cilindro .
persona retira el sosten del brazo de elevacion
Sosten del bra:
de elevacion .
2 Permanezca en el asiento hasta que los brazos
de la posicion de almacenamiento . u de elevacion se encuentren completamente
194 3. Eleve los brazos de elevacion mientras que O c; bajos.
otra persona posiciona el sosten del brazo > .
3 Vuelva el sosten del brazo de elevacion a la
de elevacion contra la variila del cilindro. posicion de almacenamiento y asegure las
perillas de fijacion.
4. Baje lentamente los brazos de elevacion hasta
que el sosten del brazo de elevacion se
encuentre seguro entre el brazo de elevacion
y el cilindro. POSICION DE ALMACENAMIENTO POSICION DE INSTALACION
76044 SW 7169340A csAR
u uini ismu IU ti ; III nti III lit

S INSTALLATION DE L' ARRETOIR DE Bras de levage POUR RETIRER L ' ARRETOIR DE BRAS
650 BRAS DE LEVAGE APPROUVE,
PIECE N° 7158459 :
Arretoir de n as
de levaKM
*
DE LEVAGE :
.
Operation
1 Levez les bras de levage alors qu 'une autre
.
1 Retirez I'accessoire de la chargeuse . Venn
in de
vage
leva
O personne retire de la tige du verin I'arretoir
2. Ne bougez pas du siege alors qu'une autre Arretoir de bras
de bras de levage .
personne retire I'arretoir de bras de levage de levaae
.
2 Ne bougez pas du siege tant que les bras de
de la position de rangement. levage ne sont pas completement abaisses .
& n c
.
3 Levez les bras de levage alors qu'une autre 3. Remettez I'arretoir de bras de levage en

MMainatenucl
personne place I'arretoir de bras de levage position de rangement et fixez-le avec les
contre la tige du verin.
.
4 Baissez lentement les bras de levage »a o.

f )
boutons de serrage.

.
jusqu'a ce que I'arretoir sort bien maintenu
entre le bras et le verin. POSITION DE RANGEMENT POSITION INSTALLEE
76044 SW 7169340 A (rCA
«iii BtiiNMi amt IIITIM milln w

ft A A
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT ’ D )

Warning ( 7168024)

> A WARNING AADVERTENCIA AAVERTISSEMENT


Iisol^- 1 SELECT IISO 14—
jT] — /
1 SELECCIONAR IlSO 1
^ " VHOISISSEZ
1 . /LEMODE
f7|< / MODE — <
EL MOVIMIENTO ACCIDENTAL
M0D0 1H
^
UN MOUVEMENT ACCIDENTEL :
ACCIDENTAL LOADER DE LA CHARGEUSE PEUT PROVOQUER
DE LA CARGADORA
MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE PUEDE PROVOCAR DES BLESSURES GRAVES,
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH HERIDAS GRAVES 0 LA MUERTE VOIRE MORTELLES :
•Drive and lift arm functions operate •Las funciones de transmisibn y del brazo de •Les fonctions de traction et de levage se
on different joysticks in each elevacion trabajan con diferentes palancas commandent sur un manipulateur
en cada modo de control.
control mode . •Tenga presente el modo de control
different selon le mode.
* Vous devez connaitre et comprendre le
•Know and understand the selected seleccionado antes de comenzar modedecommandechoisiavant 1
control mode before operating . la operacion.
d'utiiiser la machine.

LEFT JOYSTICK - ISO PALANCA IZQUIERDA - ISO MANIPULATEUR GAUCHE - ISO


GIRO HACIA LA AVAN2AR GIROHAOA LA
LEFT TURN FORWARD RIGHT TURN | IZQUIERDA A OCRtCHA VIRAGE A GAUCHE MARCHE AVANT VIRAGE A DROITE

^ '0
^
'
g. i 0.
> RIGHT FAST TURN
GIRO RAPIOO HACIA «
G 0 RAPtDO HACtA
VIRAGE RAPIOE A DROtTE
LEFT FAST TURN LAtZQUJfflDA 1 LA WftfCHA VIRAGE RAPIOE A GAUCHE

fLA DCRECHAWHAClA
^^
BACKWARD BACKWARD RHEOCEOfcH HACIA MARCHE ARRiERE •
MARTHF ASfiifRf MARCHE ARRiERE

4I$
BACKWARD RETftOCEOCR
RIGHT TURN . LEFT TURN LA IZQUIERDA VIRAGE A OftOffE . VIRAGE A GAUCHE

\ |0 LEFT JOYSTICK - H 1 PALANCA IZQUIERDA - H


% 10
MANIPULATEUR GAUCHE - H
LEFT SIDE FORWARD | AVANZAR HACIA LA IZQUIERDA MARCHE AVANT COT£ GAUCHE

10
'0
+
LEVANTAR BRAZOS BAJAR BRAZOS
RAISE LIFT ARMS
* LOWER LIFT ARMS DE ELEVACION j DE ELEVACION LEVAGE DES 8RAS
* A8AISSEMENT DES 8RAS

V V LEFT SIDE BACKWARD | RETROCEDER HACIA U IZQUIERDA MARCHE ARRIERE COTE GAUCHE

73168 SW 7168024 enUS „ 73168 SW


ig
7168024 esAR „ 73168 SW
|
l
7168024 frCA
miI!i n IIinnun tin mi uni mu mi mn mi mu m mn i mm iniMI iiiimin mu miii mi m mu mi mi m mn i mm in miiimIIinmm in 11m mu m n miinimins i #


195 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)

Warning (7142141)

A WARNING AADVERTENCIA AVERTISSEMENT


«c
1 »

fc 1

FAILURE OF THE UNA FALLA DEL UNE DEFAILLANCE


LIFT ASSEMBLY I CONJUNTO ELEVADOR DE L ENSEMBLE DE
LEVAGE PEUT
CAN CAUSE PUEDE PROVOCAR
SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH. i
LESIONES GRAVES
0 FATALIDADES.
ENTRAINER DES
BLESSURES GRAVES,
VOIRE MORTELLES. «e
BEFORE LIFTING LOADER: ANTES DE LEVANTAR EL CARGADOR: AVANT DE SOULEVER
LA CHARGEUSE :
1 . Check the hardware and 1. Revise el hardware y
sujetadores del elevador de 1. Verifiez que le couple de serrage
fasteners of the Single de la visserie de fixation et des
Point Lift and Operator una punta y si la cabina del fixations de I' ensemble de levage
Cab (ROPS) for proper operador (ROPS) tiene el a point unique et de la cabine de
torque adecuado. I' operateur (ROPS) est correct.
torque.
2. Inspeccione si el elevador de 2. Verifiez que I' ensemble de levage
a point unique n'est pas
2. Inspect Single Point Lift una punta esta averiado o tiene endommage et que ses soudures
for damage or cracked soldaduras agrietadas. Repare ne sont pas fissurees. Reparez les
welds. Repair or replace o reponga los componentes, si composants endommages ou

components as es del caso. remplacez-les selon le besoin.

necessary. • Personne ne doit se trouver sur


la chargeuse durant son levage.
• No transporte personas en el Maintenez toute personne a une
• No riders on loader ;!
cargador mientras lo levanta. distance d' au moins 5 m pendant
le levage.
during lifting. Keep 15 ft Mantengalos a 15 pies (5 m)
(5 m) away while lifting. de distancia mientras lo levanta. • Consultez le manuel & d' entretien
et d' utilisation pour plus
• Para mayor information, ver el d' informations.

«C
• See Operation & manual de operation y
Maintenance Manual for mantenimiento.
more information.
71738 SW 7142141A enUS 71738 SW 7142141A ai 71738 sw 7142141A f r
l|: ' ll ltn II :l!i ! mil 111 I I III I II I 111 ' mum
^
196 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)

Warning (7168019)

> A WARNING AADVERTENCIA AAVERTISSEMENT

•r* y
-
i- i
sk

UNA FALLO EN EL UNE DEFAILLANCE


FAILURE OF THE
CONJUNTO DE DE L'ENSEMBLE
LIFT ASSEMBLY DE LEVAGE
CAN CAUSE ELEVACION
PUEDE PROVOCAR PEUT ENTRAINER DES
SERIOUS INJURY BLESSURES GRAVES,
OR DEATH HERIDAS GRAVES
VOIRE MORTELLES.
OLAMUERTE
ANTES DE LEVANTAR LA AVANT DE SOULEVER
BEFORE LIFTING LOADER: LACHARGEUSE :
PALAMECANICA:
1. Check the hardware
1. Verifique los herrajes y .
1 Verifiez que le couple de
sujetadores en todos los serrage de la visserie et
and fasteners at all puntos de elevacion para des fixations est approprie.
lift points for proper garantizar que la torsion < .
2 Verifiez que les points de g jjjjjjj
torque. S| sea la correcta.
2. Inspect lift points for _
2. Controle que los puntos
de elevacion no esten
Cft ===
55
§“
levage ne sont pas
endommages et que leurs ^H
os
damage or cracked % danados ni haya grietas £=
soudures ne sont pas
fissurees. Reparez les
welds. Repair or ^ en la soldadura. Repare
replace components o reemplace los composants endommages =
as necessary. componentes segun ou remplacez-les selon H
sea necesario. le besoin. H
• No riders on loader • No debe haber ocupantes s • Pas de passager sur la ji
en la cargadora. S chargeuse et gardez toute |§
and keep 15 ft (5m)
away while lifting.
Mantengase a una = personne a une distance
distancia de 15 pies (5 m) 5 d’au moins 5 m
durante la elevacion.
=^
See Operation & pendant le levage. S
• Consulte el Manual de g >
Maintenance Manual wj • Consultez le manuel
for more information.
funcionamiento y £H d'entretien et d'utilisation &=
00 = mantenimiento para obtener g= pour plus d'informations.
£ mas informacion.
O
m

197 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


<

W Bobcat

198 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


SPECIFICATIONS

(S650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS 201

> Machine Dimensions


Performance
Engine
Drive System
201
202
202
203
Controls 203
Hydraulic System 204
Electrical System 205
Capacities 205
Tires 205

199 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


*

W Bobcat «e

at
200 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
(S650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

*
Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and 74 in. Construction & Industrial bucket and may vary
with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in millimeters. Respective imperial dimensions are given in inches
enclosed by parentheses.

• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.

2106 mm
( 82.9 in )

1832 mm
(72.1 in)
1880 mm
1507 mm ( 74 in)
(59.3 in)

I
r'\
s/
£ - '
'
'

4026 mm
(158.5 in) / /
zu 7\
800 mm
31.5 in

3145
( 124 in )

2447 mm
( 96.3 in)
2065 mm
(81.3 in) a
« Bobcat
**a
25.2
31.1
t
1150 mm
(45.3 in)
207 mm
(8.1 in)
2753 mm
(108.4 in)
3474 mm


( 136.8 in )
NA1660

Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and
can cause failure of the loader parts.

201 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


(S 650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Performance

Rated Operating Capacity


with 200 Pound Frame Mounted
Counterweight Kit
1220 kg (2690 lb)
1288 kg (2840 lb) «C
with 300 Pound Frame Mounted 1311 kg (2890 lb)
Counterweight Kit
Tipping Load 2440 kg (5380 lb)
Operating Weight 3777 kg (8327 lb)
Breakout Force - Lift 2177 kg (4800 lb)
Breakout Force - Tilt 2313 kg (5100 lb)
Push Force 2087 kg (4600 lb)
Travel Speed
- Single Speed Loader 0 - 11,4 km/h (0 - 7.1 mph)
- Two-Speed Loader (Opt.) Low/High 0 - 11,4 km/h (0 - 7.1 mph) / 0 - 19,8 km/h (0 - 12.3 mph)

Engine

Make / Model Kubota / V3307-DI-TE3 Interim Tier IV


Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 52,4 kW (70.3 hp) @ 2400 rpm
- ISO 14396 Gross 54,6 kW (73.2 hp) @ 2400 rpm
- SAE J1995 Gross 55,4 kW (74.3 hp) @ 2400 rpm
Torque
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 253,1 N*m (186.7 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm
- SAE J1995 Gross 264,4 Nvn (195.0 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm
Low Idle rpm 1250 - 1450
High Idle rpm 2525 - 2650
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 3,3 L (203 in3)
Bore / Stroke 94 mm / 120 mm (3.70 in / 4.72 in)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel - Compression
Air Induction Turbo-Charged
Engine Coolant Propylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Glow Plugs - Automatically activated as needed in RUN position.

•C
202 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
(S650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Drive System

Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, 4-wheel drive


Transmission Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing
hydrostatic motors
Final Drive Pre-stressed #120 HSOC endless roller chain (no master link) and sprockets in
sealed chaincase with oil lubrication (Chains do not require periodic
adjustments) Two chains per side with no idler sprocket
Axle Size 68,6 mm (2.70 in), Heat treated
Wheel Bolts Eight - 9/16 in. Wheel bolts fixed to axle hubs

Controls

Vehicle Steering Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional
joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics
- Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS)
or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
- Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or joystick
- Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or joystick
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through quick couplers; Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds
Engine Hand lever speed control, additional foot operated speed control pedal with SJC
option; key-type start switch or optional Keyless Start Panel or optional Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown.
Starting Aid Glow plugs automatically activated as needed by Instrument Panel
Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering
levers or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions
Parking Brake (Standard) Mechanical disc, manually operated switch on left instrument panel
Parking Brake (Two-Speed Option) Spring applied pressure release multi-disk brake activated by manually operated
switch on left instrument panel

203 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


(S 650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS ( CONT’D)

Hydraulic System

Pump Type Engine driven, gear type


Pump Capacity - Standard 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm)
Pump Capacity - High-Flow Option 115,5 L/min (30.5 U.S. gpm)
System Relief at Quick Couplers 23,8 - 24,5 MPa (238 - 245 bar) (3450 - 3550 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic ) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Filter (Charge) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Hydraulic Cylinders Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 76,2 mm (3.00 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 76,2 mm (3.00 in)
Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 44,5 mm (1.75 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 41,4 mm (1.63 in)
Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) 633,2 mm (24.93 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 354,8 mm (13.97 in)
Control Valve - Standard 3-Spool, open center, manually operated with spring detent for lift float and
electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Control Valve - ACS and SJC 3-Spool, open center with electric actuator controlled lift with float and tilt.
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses and fittings
Fluid Type BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
6903117 - (Two - 2.5 U.S. gal)
6903118 - (5 U.S. gal)
6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic Function Time:
Raise Lift Arms 3.9 Seconds
Lower Lift Arms 2.6 Seconds
Bucket Dump 2.3 Seconds
Bucket Rollback 1.7 Seconds

204 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


(S650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Electrical System

Alternator Belt driven, 90 amperes, open frame


Battery 12 volts, 950 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F),
180 Minute reserve capacity @ 25 amperes
Starter 12 volts, gear type, 3,0 kW (4.02 hp)
Instrumentation Gauges:
Engine Coolant Temperature, Fuel Level.
Warning lights:
Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction,
Hydraulic System Malfunction, General Warning.
Indicators:
BICS Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Shoulder Belt, Turn Signals, Engine
Preheat.
Data Display:
Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock'
Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown,
Steering Drift Compensation Setting, Drive Response Setting.
Other:
Audible Alarm, Lights, Option / Accessory Switches.
Optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel:
*Additional displays for: Engine rpm, Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure;
System Voltage, Hydrostatic Charge Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Temperature.
*Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock , Password
Lockout, Multi-language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability and
Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.

Capacities

Fuel 103,1 L (27.2 U.S. gal)


Engine Oil with Filter Change 11,4 L (12.0 qt)
Engine Cooling System
with Heater 11,7 L (3.1 U.S. gal)
without Heater 11,4 L (3.0 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 45,0 L (11.9 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir 39,2 L (10.35 U.S. gal)

Tires

Heavy Duty (Standard) 12.00 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating


Heavy Duty Offset (Option) 12.00 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating
Heavy Duty Poly Fill (Option) 12.00 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating
Severe Duty (Option) 12.00 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating
Severe Duty Poly Fill (Option) 12.00 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating
Solidflex (Option) 33 x 6 x 11
Super Float Offset (Option) 33 x 15.50 - 16.5, 12 Ply Rating
Recommended Pressure Inflate tires to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the side wall of the tire. DO NOT
mix brands of tires used on the same loader.

205 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


«e

W- Bobcat «c

206 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


WARRANTY

WARRANTY 209


207 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
«c

W- Bobcat <

«t
208 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual
WARRANTY

WARRANTY
Bobcat Loaders

Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd., who in
turn warrant to the owner, that each new Bobcat loader will be free from proven defects in material and work ¬

manship with respect to (i) all components of the product except as otherwise specified herein for twelve
(12) months, (ii) the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump to the engine, for thirty six ( 36) months, provided
that after the initial twelve month warranty period, such warranty shall be limited to parts only and does not
include labor, (iii) tracks and Bobcat brand tires, for twelve (12) months on a prorated basis based on the
remaining depth of the track or tire at the time any defect is discovered, and (iv) Bobcat brand batteries, for
an additional twelve (12) months after the initial twelve month warranty period, provided that Bobcat Com ¬

pany shall only reimburse a fixed portion of the cost of replacing the battery during such additional twelve
months. The foregoing time periods shall all commence after delivery by the authorized Bobcat dealer to the
original buyer.

During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Company's
option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product except as otherwise specified
herein which fails because of defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized
Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for repair or replacement.
Bobcat Company may, at its option , require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of mechan ¬


ics and transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are the
responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive.

This warranty does not apply to diesel engine fuel injection pumps and injectors or tires (except Bobcat
brand tires) . The owner shall rely solely on the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. This
warranty does not cover replacement of scheduled service items such as oil, filters , tune-up parts, and other
high-wear items. This warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations , use of
the Bobcat product with any accessory or attachment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow obstruc ¬

tions , or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPT
THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER , INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION
OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS
WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE
PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.

b 6570162 (2-09)
Bobcat Printed in U.S.A.

209 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


W Bobcat «e

210 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual



i
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

(S650) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS 201 LIFTING THE LOADER 106


AIR CLEANER SERVICE 130 LOADER IDENTIFICATION 9
AIR CONDITIONING BELT 157 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO
ALTERNATOR BELT 156 SERVICE 165
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 71 LUBRICATING THE LOADER 160
ATTACHMENTS 88 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS 183
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM 121 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) 20
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM 52 MAINTENANCE CLOCK 180
BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED MAINTENANCE SAFETY 113
7 MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . . 85
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE 96
(BICS) 116 OPERATOR CAB 123
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATOR CAB 44
(BICS) 47 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS 1
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) 163 PARKING BRAKE 48
BOB-TACH (POWER ) 164 PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION 41 INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) 178
CONTROL PANEL SETUP 175 PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START
COUNTERWEIGHTS 87 PANEL) 177
DAILY INSPECTION 72 PIVOT PINS 162
DELIVERY REPORT 8 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE 74
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES 169 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
RESOURCES 19
DRIVE BELT 158
REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) 126
DRIVE RESPONSE 59
REAR GRILL 127
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 53 7
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 140
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 15
EMERGENCY EXIT 50
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM 117
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 137
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM 46
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 135
SEATBELT 118
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL 49
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS 8
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND
10 SERVICE SCHEDULE 115
ATTACHMENTS
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER 153
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION
(CHAINCASE) 155 SPEED MANAGEMENT 57
FIRE PREVENTION 17 STARTING THE ENGINE 78
FUEL SYSTEM 132 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION 61
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
CONDITIONING (HVAC) 128 LOADER 86
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . 146 STOPPING THE LOADER 55
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 63 TIRE MAINTENANCE 154

U INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . 29


LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE
48
119
TOWING THE LOADER
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE
106
49

211 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual


TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A
TRAILER 108
TWO-SPEED CONTROL 56
WARRANTY 209

«c

212 S650 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ir

You might also like